Sema.h revision dc84cd5efdd3430efb22546b4ac656aa0540b210
1//===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and 11// builds ASTs. 12// 13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 14 15#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 16#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 17 18#include "clang/AST/Attr.h" 19#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" 20#include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 21#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" 22#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" 23#include "clang/AST/LambdaMangleContext.h" 24#include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h" 25#include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h" 26#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 27#include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h" 28#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h" 29#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" 30#include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h" 31#include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h" 32#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" 33#include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h" 34#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 35#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h" 36#include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h" 37#include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h" 38#include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h" 39#include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h" 40#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h" 41#include "clang/Sema/Weak.h" 42#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" 43#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" 44#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h" 45#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h" 46#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" 47#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h" 48#include <deque> 49#include <string> 50 51namespace llvm { 52 class APSInt; 53 template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo; 54 template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet; 55 class SmallBitVector; 56} 57 58namespace clang { 59 class ADLResult; 60 class ASTConsumer; 61 class ASTContext; 62 class ASTMutationListener; 63 class ASTReader; 64 class ASTWriter; 65 class ArrayType; 66 class AttributeList; 67 class BlockDecl; 68 class CXXBasePath; 69 class CXXBasePaths; 70 class CXXBindTemporaryExpr; 71 typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath; 72 class CXXConstructorDecl; 73 class CXXConversionDecl; 74 class CXXDestructorDecl; 75 class CXXFieldCollector; 76 class CXXMemberCallExpr; 77 class CXXMethodDecl; 78 class CXXScopeSpec; 79 class CXXTemporary; 80 class CXXTryStmt; 81 class CallExpr; 82 class ClassTemplateDecl; 83 class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl; 84 class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl; 85 class CodeCompleteConsumer; 86 class CodeCompletionAllocator; 87 class CodeCompletionTUInfo; 88 class CodeCompletionResult; 89 class Decl; 90 class DeclAccessPair; 91 class DeclContext; 92 class DeclRefExpr; 93 class DeclaratorDecl; 94 class DeducedTemplateArgument; 95 class DependentDiagnostic; 96 class DesignatedInitExpr; 97 class Designation; 98 class EnumConstantDecl; 99 class Expr; 100 class ExtVectorType; 101 class ExternalSemaSource; 102 class FormatAttr; 103 class FriendDecl; 104 class FunctionDecl; 105 class FunctionProtoType; 106 class FunctionTemplateDecl; 107 class ImplicitConversionSequence; 108 class InitListExpr; 109 class InitializationKind; 110 class InitializationSequence; 111 class InitializedEntity; 112 class IntegerLiteral; 113 class LabelStmt; 114 class LambdaExpr; 115 class LangOptions; 116 class LocalInstantiationScope; 117 class LookupResult; 118 class MacroInfo; 119 class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList; 120 class NamedDecl; 121 class NonNullAttr; 122 class ObjCCategoryDecl; 123 class ObjCCategoryImplDecl; 124 class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl; 125 class ObjCContainerDecl; 126 class ObjCImplDecl; 127 class ObjCImplementationDecl; 128 class ObjCInterfaceDecl; 129 class ObjCIvarDecl; 130 template <class T> class ObjCList; 131 class ObjCMessageExpr; 132 class ObjCMethodDecl; 133 class ObjCPropertyDecl; 134 class ObjCProtocolDecl; 135 class OverloadCandidateSet; 136 class OverloadExpr; 137 class ParenListExpr; 138 class ParmVarDecl; 139 class Preprocessor; 140 class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage; 141 class PseudoObjectExpr; 142 class QualType; 143 class StandardConversionSequence; 144 class Stmt; 145 class StringLiteral; 146 class SwitchStmt; 147 class TargetAttributesSema; 148 class TemplateArgument; 149 class TemplateArgumentList; 150 class TemplateArgumentLoc; 151 class TemplateDecl; 152 class TemplateParameterList; 153 class TemplatePartialOrderingContext; 154 class TemplateTemplateParmDecl; 155 class Token; 156 class TypeAliasDecl; 157 class TypedefDecl; 158 class TypedefNameDecl; 159 class TypeLoc; 160 class UnqualifiedId; 161 class UnresolvedLookupExpr; 162 class UnresolvedMemberExpr; 163 class UnresolvedSetImpl; 164 class UnresolvedSetIterator; 165 class UsingDecl; 166 class UsingShadowDecl; 167 class ValueDecl; 168 class VarDecl; 169 class VisibilityAttr; 170 class VisibleDeclConsumer; 171 class IndirectFieldDecl; 172 173namespace sema { 174 class AccessedEntity; 175 class BlockScopeInfo; 176 class CapturingScopeInfo; 177 class CompoundScopeInfo; 178 class DelayedDiagnostic; 179 class DelayedDiagnosticPool; 180 class FunctionScopeInfo; 181 class LambdaScopeInfo; 182 class PossiblyUnreachableDiag; 183 class TemplateDeductionInfo; 184} 185 186// FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to 187// TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion. 188typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>, 189 SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack; 190 191/// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C. 192class Sema { 193 Sema(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 194 void operator=(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 195 mutable const TargetAttributesSema* TheTargetAttributesSema; 196 197 ///\brief Source of additional semantic information. 198 ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource; 199 200 ///\brief Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it. 201 bool isMultiplexExternalSource; 202 203public: 204 typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy; 205 typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy; 206 typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy; 207 208 OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures; 209 FPOptions FPFeatures; 210 211 const LangOptions &LangOpts; 212 Preprocessor &PP; 213 ASTContext &Context; 214 ASTConsumer &Consumer; 215 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags; 216 SourceManager &SourceMgr; 217 218 /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics. 219 bool CollectStats; 220 221 /// \brief Code-completion consumer. 222 CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter; 223 224 /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing. 225 DeclContext *CurContext; 226 227 /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts, 228 /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext. 229 DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext; 230 231 /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag. 232 /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results. 233 DeclarationName VAListTagName; 234 235 /// PackContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma pack. An alignment 236 /// of 0 indicates default alignment. 237 void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*" 238 239 bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on 240 241 /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility. 242 void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*" 243 244 /// \brief Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression. 245 /// 246 /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions 247 /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions. 248 bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr; 249 250 /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context 251 /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion. 252 bool ExprNeedsCleanups; 253 254 /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring 255 /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression. The 256 /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object. 257 SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects; 258 259 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 8> MaybeODRUseExprs; 260 261 /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested 262 /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active. 263 /// 264 /// This array is never empty. Clients should ignore the first 265 /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo 266 /// that's used to parse every top-level function. 267 SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes; 268 269 typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 270 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2> 271 ExtVectorDeclsType; 272 273 /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows 274 /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names. 275 /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics. 276 ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls; 277 278 /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes. 279 OwningPtr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector; 280 281 typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType; 282 283 /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used. 284 NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields; 285 286 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy; 287 288 /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have 289 /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the 290 /// same list more than once. 291 OwningPtr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet; 292 293 /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which 294 /// we are currently parsing the initializer. 295 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars; 296 297 /// \brief A mapping from external names to the most recent 298 /// locally-scoped extern "C" declaration with that name. 299 /// 300 /// This map contains external declarations introduced in local 301 /// scopes, e.g., 302 /// 303 /// \code 304 /// extern "C" void f() { 305 /// void foo(int, int); 306 /// } 307 /// \endcode 308 /// 309 /// Here, the name "foo" will be associated with the declaration of 310 /// "foo" within f. This name is not visible outside of 311 /// "f". However, we still find it in two cases: 312 /// 313 /// - If we are declaring another global or extern "C" entity with 314 /// the name "foo", we can find "foo" as a previous declaration, 315 /// so that the types of this external declaration can be checked 316 /// for compatibility. 317 /// 318 /// - If we would implicitly declare "foo" (e.g., due to a call to 319 /// "foo" in C when no prototype or definition is visible), then 320 /// we find this declaration of "foo" and complain that it is 321 /// not visible. 322 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *> LocallyScopedExternCDecls; 323 324 /// \brief Look for a locally scoped extern "C" declaration by the given name. 325 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator 326 findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name); 327 328 typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 329 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2> 330 TentativeDefinitionsType; 331 332 /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU. 333 TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions; 334 335 typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 336 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2> 337 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType; 338 339 /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used 340 /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration. 341 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls; 342 343 typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 344 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2> 345 DelegatingCtorDeclsType; 346 347 /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for 348 /// cycle detection at the end of the TU. 349 DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls; 350 351 /// \brief All the destructors seen during a class definition that had their 352 /// exception spec computation delayed because it depended on an unparsed 353 /// exception spec. 354 SmallVector<CXXDestructorDecl*, 2> DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecs; 355 356 /// \brief All the overriding destructors seen during a class definition 357 /// (there could be multiple due to nested classes) that had their exception 358 /// spec checks delayed, plus the overridden destructor. 359 SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXDestructorDecl*, 360 const CXXDestructorDecl*>, 2> 361 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks; 362 363 /// \brief All the members seen during a class definition which were both 364 /// explicitly defaulted and had explicitly-specified exception 365 /// specifications, along with the function type containing their 366 /// user-specified exception specification. Those exception specifications 367 /// were overridden with the default specifications, but we still need to 368 /// check whether they are compatible with the default specification, and 369 /// we can't do that until the nesting set of class definitions is complete. 370 SmallVector<std::pair<CXXMethodDecl*, const FunctionProtoType*>, 2> 371 DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs; 372 373 /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed. 374 typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, const FunctionDecl *FD); 375 LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser; 376 void *OpaqueParser; 377 378 void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, void *P) { 379 LateTemplateParser = LTP; 380 OpaqueParser = P; 381 } 382 383 class DelayedDiagnostics; 384 385 class DelayedDiagnosticsState { 386 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool; 387 friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics; 388 }; 389 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState; 390 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState; 391 392 /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics 393 /// during parsing and other processing. 394 class DelayedDiagnostics { 395 /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed 396 /// diagnostics should go. 397 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool; 398 399 public: 400 DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(0) {} 401 402 /// Adds a delayed diagnostic. 403 void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h 404 405 /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed. 406 bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != 0; } 407 408 /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool. 409 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const { 410 return CurPool; 411 } 412 413 /// Enter a new scope. Access and deprecation diagnostics will be 414 /// collected in this pool. 415 DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 416 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 417 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 418 CurPool = &pool; 419 return state; 420 } 421 422 /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed. 423 /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics. This is performed as part 424 /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly". 425 void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 426 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 427 } 428 429 /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are 430 /// not delayed. 431 DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() { 432 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 433 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 434 CurPool = 0; 435 return state; 436 } 437 438 /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed(). 439 void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 440 assert(CurPool == NULL); 441 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 442 } 443 } DelayedDiagnostics; 444 445 /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context. 446 class ContextRAII { 447 private: 448 Sema &S; 449 DeclContext *SavedContext; 450 ProcessingContextState SavedContextState; 451 QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 452 453 public: 454 ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush) 455 : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext), 456 SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()), 457 SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride) 458 { 459 assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context"); 460 S.CurContext = ContextToPush; 461 } 462 463 void pop() { 464 if (!SavedContext) return; 465 S.CurContext = SavedContext; 466 S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState); 467 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 468 SavedContext = 0; 469 } 470 471 ~ContextRAII() { 472 pop(); 473 } 474 }; 475 476 /// \brief RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize 477 /// a function body. 478 class SynthesizedFunctionScope { 479 Sema &S; 480 Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext; 481 482 public: 483 SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC) 484 : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC) 485 { 486 S.PushFunctionScope(); 487 S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated); 488 } 489 490 ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() { 491 S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 492 S.PopFunctionScopeInfo(); 493 } 494 }; 495 496 /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 497 /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another 498 /// identifier, declared or undeclared 499 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers; 500 501 /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 502 /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared. Used in Solaris system headers 503 /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version 504 /// in the currently selected standard. 505 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers; 506 507 508 /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source. 509 void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers(); 510 511 /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by 512 /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls. 513 /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so 514 /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack. 515 /// It would be best to refactor this. 516 SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl; 517 518 IdentifierResolver IdResolver; 519 520 /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need 521 /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace. 522 /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc. 523 Scope *TUScope; 524 525 /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides. 526 LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace; 527 528 /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++ 529 /// standard library. 530 LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc; 531 532 /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in 533 /// \<initializer_list>. 534 ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList; 535 536 /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>. 537 RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl; 538 539 /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files. 540 RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl; 541 542 /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs. 543 OwningPtr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj; 544 545 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class. 546 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl; 547 548 /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *). 549 QualType NSNumberPointer; 550 551 /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals. 552 ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods]; 553 554 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class. 555 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl; 556 557 /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *). 558 QualType NSStringPointer; 559 560 /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method. 561 ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod; 562 563 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class. 564 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl; 565 566 /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method. 567 ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod; 568 569 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class. 570 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl; 571 572 /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method. 573 ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod; 574 575 /// \brief id<NSCopying> type. 576 QualType QIDNSCopying; 577 578 /// \brief will hold 'respondsToSelector:' 579 Selector RespondsToSelectorSel; 580 581 /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete 582 /// have been declared. 583 bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared; 584 585 /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are 586 /// evaluated at run-time, if at all. 587 enum ExpressionEvaluationContext { 588 /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an 589 /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of 590 /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but 591 /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at 592 /// run time. 593 Unevaluated, 594 595 /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms, 596 /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of 597 /// cases in a switch statment). 598 ConstantEvaluated, 599 600 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time, 601 /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the 602 /// expression at run time. 603 PotentiallyEvaluated, 604 605 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any 606 /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if 607 /// in fact the current expression is used. 608 /// 609 /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which 610 /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments 611 /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced" 612 /// until the default argument is used. 613 PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed 614 }; 615 616 /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested 617 /// expression evaluation contexts. 618 struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord { 619 /// \brief The expression evaluation context. 620 ExpressionEvaluationContext Context; 621 622 /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup. 623 bool ParentNeedsCleanups; 624 625 /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression. 626 bool IsDecltype; 627 628 /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered 629 /// this expression evaluation context. 630 unsigned NumCleanupObjects; 631 632 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 8> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs; 633 634 /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it 635 /// is indeed an unevaluated context. 636 SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas; 637 638 /// \brief The declaration that provides context for the lambda expression 639 /// if the normal declaration context does not suffice, e.g., in a 640 /// default function argument. 641 Decl *LambdaContextDecl; 642 643 /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions 644 /// within this context. 645 /// 646 /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts 647 /// do not have lambda expressions. 648 IntrusiveRefCntPtr<LambdaMangleContext> LambdaMangle; 649 650 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions 651 /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type. 652 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls; 653 654 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding 655 /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor. 656 SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds; 657 658 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context, 659 unsigned NumCleanupObjects, 660 bool ParentNeedsCleanups, 661 Decl *LambdaContextDecl, 662 bool IsDecltype) 663 : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups), 664 IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects), 665 LambdaContextDecl(LambdaContextDecl), LambdaMangle() { } 666 667 /// \brief Retrieve the mangling context for lambdas. 668 LambdaMangleContext &getLambdaMangleContext() { 669 assert(LambdaContextDecl && "Need to have a lambda context declaration"); 670 if (!LambdaMangle) 671 LambdaMangle = new LambdaMangleContext; 672 return *LambdaMangle; 673 } 674 }; 675 676 /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts. 677 SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts; 678 679 /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member 680 /// function. 681 /// 682 /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the 683 /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded. 684 class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode { 685 public: 686 enum Kind { 687 NoMemberOrDeleted, 688 Ambiguous, 689 Success 690 }; 691 692 private: 693 llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair; 694 695 public: 696 SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) 697 : FastFoldingSetNode(ID) 698 {} 699 700 CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); } 701 void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); } 702 703 Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); } 704 void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); } 705 }; 706 707 /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results 708 /// for C++ records. 709 llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache; 710 711 /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing. 712 /// 713 /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform 714 /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating 715 /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has 716 /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of 717 /// checks. 718 TranslationUnitKind TUKind; 719 720 llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc; 721 722 /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped. 723 unsigned NumSFINAEErrors; 724 725 typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 1> > 726 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap; 727 728 /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the 729 /// set of instantiations of each parameter. 730 /// 731 /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing 732 /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates, 733 /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the 734 /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed. 735 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations; 736 737 // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default 738 // argument locations. 739 llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs; 740 741 /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects which require a 742 /// definition in this translation unit. 743 llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> UndefinedButUsed; 744 745 /// Obtain a sorted list of functions that are undefined but ODR-used. 746 void getUndefinedButUsed( 747 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> > &Undefined); 748 749 typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods; 750 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool; 751 752 /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id". 753 /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures 754 /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1% 755 /// of selectors are "overloaded"). 756 GlobalMethodPool MethodPool; 757 758 /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation 759 /// of -Wselector. 760 llvm::DenseMap<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors; 761 762 /// Kinds of C++ special members. 763 enum CXXSpecialMember { 764 CXXDefaultConstructor, 765 CXXCopyConstructor, 766 CXXMoveConstructor, 767 CXXCopyAssignment, 768 CXXMoveAssignment, 769 CXXDestructor, 770 CXXInvalid 771 }; 772 773 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, CXXSpecialMember> SpecialMemberDecl; 774 775 /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of 776 /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the 777 /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared. 778 llvm::SmallSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared; 779 780 void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel); 781 782 /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'. 783 bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr); 784 785 /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be 786 /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and 787 /// should not be used elsewhere. 788 void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID); 789 790 /// Records and restores the FP_CONTRACT state on entry/exit of compound 791 /// statements. 792 class FPContractStateRAII { 793 public: 794 FPContractStateRAII(Sema& S) 795 : S(S), OldFPContractState(S.FPFeatures.fp_contract) {} 796 ~FPContractStateRAII() { 797 S.FPFeatures.fp_contract = OldFPContractState; 798 } 799 private: 800 Sema& S; 801 bool OldFPContractState : 1; 802 }; 803 804public: 805 Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer, 806 TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete, 807 CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = 0); 808 ~Sema(); 809 810 /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been 811 /// initialized but before it parses anything. 812 void Initialize(); 813 814 const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; } 815 OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; } 816 FPOptions &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; } 817 818 DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; } 819 SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; } 820 const TargetAttributesSema &getTargetAttributesSema() const; 821 Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; } 822 ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; } 823 ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; } 824 ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const; 825 ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; } 826 827 ///\brief Registers an external source. If an external source already exists, 828 /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it. 829 /// 830 ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source. 831 /// 832 void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E); 833 834 void PrintStats() const; 835 836 /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional 837 /// template instantiation stacks. 838 /// 839 /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder 840 /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is 841 /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder 842 /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template 843 /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as 844 /// well. 845 class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder { 846 Sema &SemaRef; 847 unsigned DiagID; 848 849 public: 850 SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID) 851 : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { } 852 853 ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() { 854 // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do. 855 if (!isActive()) return; 856 857 // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying 858 // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it 859 // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor. 860 // 861 // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will 862 // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be 863 // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder 864 // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to 865 // eliminate that code. 866 FlushCounts(); 867 Clear(); 868 869 // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic. 870 SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID); 871 } 872 }; 873 874 /// \brief Emit a diagnostic. 875 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) { 876 DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID); 877 return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID); 878 } 879 880 /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic. 881 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD); 882 883 /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic. 884 PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h 885 886 bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name); 887 888 /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type. 889 std::string getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T) const; 890 std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T) const; 891 892 ExprResult Owned(Expr* E) { return E; } 893 ExprResult Owned(ExprResult R) { return R; } 894 StmtResult Owned(Stmt* S) { return S; } 895 896 void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit(); 897 898 void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles(); 899 900 Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx); 901 902 void PushFunctionScope(); 903 void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block); 904 void PushLambdaScope(CXXRecordDecl *Lambda, CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator); 905 void PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP =0, 906 const Decl *D = 0, const BlockExpr *blkExpr = 0); 907 908 sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const { 909 return FunctionScopes.back(); 910 } 911 912 void PushCompoundScope(); 913 void PopCompoundScope(); 914 915 sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const; 916 917 bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const; 918 919 /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any. 920 sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock(); 921 922 /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda expression, if any. 923 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda(); 924 925 /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls 926 SmallVector<Decl*,2> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; } 927 928 void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment); 929 930 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 931 // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp. 932 // 933 934 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs); 935 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVR) { 936 return BuildQualifiedType(T, Loc, Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(CVR)); 937 } 938 QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T, 939 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 940 QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef, 941 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 942 QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 943 Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals, 944 SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity); 945 QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize, 946 SourceLocation AttrLoc); 947 QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T, 948 QualType *ParamTypes, unsigned NumParamTypes, 949 bool Variadic, bool HasTrailingReturn, 950 unsigned Quals, RefQualifierKind RefQualifier, 951 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity, 952 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info); 953 QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class, 954 SourceLocation Loc, 955 DeclarationName Entity); 956 QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T, 957 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 958 QualType BuildParenType(QualType T); 959 QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 960 961 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S); 962 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy); 963 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T, 964 TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo); 965 966 /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType. 967 ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 968 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D); 969 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name); 970 static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = 0); 971 CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E); 972 const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 973 const FunctionProtoType *FPT); 974 bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, const SourceRange &Range); 975 bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T); 976 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New); 977 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 978 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 979 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc); 980 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 981 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 982 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 983 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc, 984 bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = 0, 985 bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = 0, 986 bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false, 987 bool IsOperatorNew = false); 988 bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset( 989 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 990 const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 991 const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc); 992 bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 993 const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc, 994 const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc); 995 996 TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 997 998 /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype' 999 /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type. 1000 ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc); 1001 1002 /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types. 1003 struct TypeDiagnoser { 1004 bool Suppressed; 1005 1006 TypeDiagnoser(bool Suppressed = false) : Suppressed(Suppressed) { } 1007 1008 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 1009 virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {} 1010 }; 1011 1012 static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; } 1013 static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; } 1014 static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; } 1015 static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; } 1016 static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; } 1017 static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; } 1018 static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) { 1019 return II; 1020 } 1021 static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; } 1022 static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; } 1023 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; } 1024 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; } 1025 static SourceRange getPrintable(Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); } 1026 static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();} 1027 1028 template<typename T1> 1029 class BoundTypeDiagnoser1 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1030 unsigned DiagID; 1031 const T1 &Arg1; 1032 1033 public: 1034 BoundTypeDiagnoser1(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) 1035 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1) { } 1036 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1037 if (Suppressed) return; 1038 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << T; 1039 } 1040 1041 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser1() { } 1042 }; 1043 1044 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1045 class BoundTypeDiagnoser2 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1046 unsigned DiagID; 1047 const T1 &Arg1; 1048 const T2 &Arg2; 1049 1050 public: 1051 BoundTypeDiagnoser2(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1052 const T2 &Arg2) 1053 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 1054 Arg2(Arg2) { } 1055 1056 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1057 if (Suppressed) return; 1058 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << T; 1059 } 1060 1061 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser2() { } 1062 }; 1063 1064 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1065 class BoundTypeDiagnoser3 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1066 unsigned DiagID; 1067 const T1 &Arg1; 1068 const T2 &Arg2; 1069 const T3 &Arg3; 1070 1071 public: 1072 BoundTypeDiagnoser3(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1073 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) 1074 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 1075 Arg2(Arg2), Arg3(Arg3) { } 1076 1077 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1078 if (Suppressed) return; 1079 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) 1080 << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << getPrintable(Arg3) << T; 1081 } 1082 1083 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser3() { } 1084 }; 1085 1086 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1087 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1088 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1089 unsigned DiagID); 1090 1091 template<typename T1> 1092 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1093 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1094 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1095 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1096 } 1097 1098 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1099 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1100 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1101 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1102 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1103 } 1104 1105 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1106 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1107 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1108 const T3 &Arg3) { 1109 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1110 Arg3); 1111 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1112 } 1113 1114 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1115 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID); 1116 1117 template<typename T1> 1118 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1119 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1120 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1121 } 1122 1123 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1124 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1125 const T2 &Arg2) { 1126 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1127 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1128 } 1129 1130 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1131 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1132 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 1133 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1134 Arg3); 1135 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1136 } 1137 1138 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1139 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1140 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID); 1141 1142 template<typename T1> 1143 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1144 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1145 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1146 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1147 } 1148 1149 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1150 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1151 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1152 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1153 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1154 } 1155 1156 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1157 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1158 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1159 const T3 &Arg3) { 1160 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1161 Arg3); 1162 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1163 } 1164 1165 QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 1166 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T); 1167 1168 QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1169 QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1170 QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, 1171 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind, 1172 SourceLocation Loc); 1173 1174 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1175 // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp. 1176 // 1177 1178 /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants 1179 /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no 1180 /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches 1181 /// them into the FunctionDecl. 1182 std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope; 1183 /// Nonzero if we are currently parsing a function declarator. This is a counter 1184 /// as opposed to a boolean so we can deal with nested function declarators 1185 /// such as: 1186 /// void f(void (*g)(), ...) 1187 unsigned InFunctionDeclarator; 1188 1189 DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = 0); 1190 1191 void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors(); 1192 1193 bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const; 1194 1195 ParsedType getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1196 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0, 1197 bool isClassName = false, 1198 bool HasTrailingDot = false, 1199 ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(), 1200 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false, 1201 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false, 1202 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = 0); 1203 TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S); 1204 bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S); 1205 bool DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 1206 SourceLocation IILoc, 1207 Scope *S, 1208 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 1209 ParsedType &SuggestedType); 1210 1211 /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed 1212 /// by \c ClassifyName(). 1213 enum NameClassificationKind { 1214 NC_Unknown, 1215 NC_Error, 1216 NC_Keyword, 1217 NC_Type, 1218 NC_Expression, 1219 NC_NestedNameSpecifier, 1220 NC_TypeTemplate, 1221 NC_FunctionTemplate 1222 }; 1223 1224 class NameClassification { 1225 NameClassificationKind Kind; 1226 ExprResult Expr; 1227 TemplateName Template; 1228 ParsedType Type; 1229 const IdentifierInfo *Keyword; 1230 1231 explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {} 1232 1233 public: 1234 NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {} 1235 1236 NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {} 1237 1238 NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword) 1239 : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { } 1240 1241 static NameClassification Error() { 1242 return NameClassification(NC_Error); 1243 } 1244 1245 static NameClassification Unknown() { 1246 return NameClassification(NC_Unknown); 1247 } 1248 1249 static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() { 1250 return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier); 1251 } 1252 1253 static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1254 NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate); 1255 Result.Template = Name; 1256 return Result; 1257 } 1258 1259 static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1260 NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate); 1261 Result.Template = Name; 1262 return Result; 1263 } 1264 1265 NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; } 1266 1267 ParsedType getType() const { 1268 assert(Kind == NC_Type); 1269 return Type; 1270 } 1271 1272 ExprResult getExpression() const { 1273 assert(Kind == NC_Expression); 1274 return Expr; 1275 } 1276 1277 TemplateName getTemplateName() const { 1278 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1279 return Template; 1280 } 1281 1282 TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const { 1283 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1284 return Kind == NC_TypeTemplate? TNK_Type_template : TNK_Function_template; 1285 } 1286 }; 1287 1288 /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on 1289 /// the results of name lookup and the following token. 1290 /// 1291 /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct 1292 /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt 1293 /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name. 1294 /// 1295 /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup. 1296 /// 1297 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name. 1298 /// 1299 /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name, 1300 /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly. 1301 /// 1302 /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier. 1303 /// 1304 /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help 1305 /// disambiguate the name. 1306 /// 1307 /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary 1308 /// address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an 1309 /// expression. 1310 /// 1311 /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired. 1312 NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S, 1313 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1314 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 1315 SourceLocation NameLoc, 1316 const Token &NextToken, 1317 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 1318 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0); 1319 1320 Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1321 1322 NamedDecl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1323 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 1324 void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 1325 const LookupResult &Previous, 1326 Scope *S); 1327 bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info); 1328 bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 1329 DeclarationName Name, 1330 SourceLocation Loc); 1331 void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D); 1332 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R); 1333 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D); 1334 void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange); 1335 void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D); 1336 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1337 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1338 LookupResult &Previous); 1339 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D, 1340 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration); 1341 NamedDecl* ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1342 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1343 LookupResult &Previous, 1344 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists); 1345 // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration 1346 bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous); 1347 void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var); 1348 void ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator(); 1349 void ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator(); 1350 NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1351 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1352 LookupResult &Previous, 1353 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 1354 bool &AddToScope); 1355 bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1356 void checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param); 1357 1358 bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD); 1359 bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body); 1360 1361 void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1362 // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration 1363 bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, 1364 FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous, 1365 bool IsExplicitSpecialization); 1366 void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D); 1367 Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1368 ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 1369 SourceLocation Loc, 1370 QualType T); 1371 ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 1372 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 1373 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 1374 StorageClass SC, StorageClass SCAsWritten); 1375 void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1376 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1377 Expr *defarg); 1378 void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1379 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1380 SourceLocation ArgLoc); 1381 void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param); 1382 bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg, 1383 SourceLocation EqualLoc); 1384 1385 void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit, 1386 bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1387 void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1388 void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl); 1389 void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D); 1390 void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc); 1391 void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc); 1392 void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D); 1393 DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 1394 Decl **Group, 1395 unsigned NumDecls); 1396 DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 1397 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 1398 1399 /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached 1400 /// documentation comments. 1401 void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D); 1402 void ActOnDocumentableDecls(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls); 1403 1404 void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1405 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls); 1406 void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD); 1407 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1408 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1409 void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1410 bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) { 1411 return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); 1412 } 1413 1414 /// \brief Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function 1415 /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting 1416 /// code for that function. 1417 /// 1418 /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in 1419 /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is 1420 /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14). 1421 bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D); 1422 1423 void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope); 1424 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body); 1425 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation); 1426 Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl); 1427 1428 /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an 1429 /// attribute for which parsing is delayed. 1430 void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs); 1431 1432 /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of 1433 /// ParmVarDecl pointers. 1434 void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1435 ParmVarDecl * const *End); 1436 1437 /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a 1438 /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a 1439 /// specified threshold. 1440 void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1441 ParmVarDecl * const *End, 1442 QualType ReturnTy, 1443 NamedDecl *D); 1444 1445 void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body); 1446 Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 1447 SourceLocation AsmLoc, 1448 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 1449 1450 /// \brief Handle a C++11 attribute-declaration. 1451 void ActOnAttributeDeclaration(AttributeList *AttrList); 1452 1453 /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration. 1454 /// 1455 /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any. 1456 /// 1457 /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword. 1458 /// 1459 /// \param Path The module access path. 1460 DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc, 1461 ModuleIdPath Path); 1462 1463 /// \brief Create an implicit import of the given module at the given 1464 /// source location. 1465 /// 1466 /// This routine is typically used for error recovery, when the entity found 1467 /// by name lookup is actually hidden within a module that we know about but 1468 /// the user has forgotten to import. 1469 void createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod); 1470 1471 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1472 PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const { 1473 return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP); 1474 } 1475 1476 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1477 static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx, 1478 const Preprocessor &PP); 1479 1480 /// Scope actions. 1481 void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S); 1482 void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S); 1483 1484 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1485 DeclSpec &DS); 1486 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1487 DeclSpec &DS, 1488 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 1489 1490 Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1491 AccessSpecifier AS, 1492 RecordDecl *Record); 1493 1494 Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1495 RecordDecl *Record); 1496 1497 bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 1498 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 1499 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 1500 const IdentifierInfo &Name); 1501 1502 enum TagUseKind { 1503 TUK_Reference, // Reference to a tag: 'struct foo *X;' 1504 TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag: 'struct foo;' 1505 TUK_Definition, // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;' 1506 TUK_Friend // Friend declaration: 'friend struct foo;' 1507 }; 1508 1509 Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 1510 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1511 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1512 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 1513 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 1514 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 1515 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 1516 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 1517 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType); 1518 1519 Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc, 1520 unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc, 1521 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1522 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1523 AttributeList *Attr, 1524 MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists); 1525 1526 TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S, 1527 unsigned TagSpec, 1528 TagUseKind TUK, 1529 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1530 IdentifierInfo *Name, 1531 SourceLocation TagLoc, 1532 SourceLocation NameLoc); 1533 1534 void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1535 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 1536 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls); 1537 Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1538 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth); 1539 1540 FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1541 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1542 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1543 AccessSpecifier AS); 1544 1545 FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 1546 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1547 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 1548 bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1549 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1550 SourceLocation TSSL, 1551 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 1552 Declarator *D = 0); 1553 1554 bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD); 1555 void DiagnoseNontrivial(const CXXRecordDecl *Record, CXXSpecialMember CSM); 1556 bool SpecialMemberIsTrivial(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 1557 bool Diagnose = false); 1558 CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1559 void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart, 1560 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls); 1561 Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1562 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1563 tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility); 1564 1565 // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations. 1566 void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl, 1567 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 1568 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 1569 AttributeList *AttrList); 1570 1571 /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the 1572 /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class, 1573 /// struct, or union). 1574 void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1575 1576 Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl); 1577 1578 /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a 1579 /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its 1580 /// member declarations. 1581 void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1582 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 1583 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 1584 1585 /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing 1586 /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union). 1587 void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1588 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 1589 1590 void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 1591 1592 /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container 1593 /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs. 1594 /// 1595 /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext 1596 void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1597 void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1598 1599 /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable 1600 /// error parsing the definition of a tag. 1601 void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1602 1603 EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 1604 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 1605 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1606 IdentifierInfo *Id, 1607 Expr *val); 1608 bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI); 1609 bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 1610 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, const EnumDecl *Prev); 1611 1612 Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant, 1613 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 1614 AttributeList *Attrs, 1615 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val); 1616 void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 1617 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl, 1618 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 1619 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr); 1620 1621 DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC); 1622 1623 /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped. 1624 void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1625 void PopDeclContext(); 1626 1627 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1628 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1629 void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1630 void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S); 1631 1632 /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope. 1633 void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D); 1634 void ActOnExitFunctionContext(); 1635 1636 DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); 1637 1638 /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer 1639 /// to the function decl for the function being parsed. If we're currently 1640 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1641 FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl(); 1642 1643 /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to 1644 /// the method decl for the method being parsed. If we're currently 1645 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1646 ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl(); 1647 1648 /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method 1649 /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null. If we're currently 1650 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1651 NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl(); 1652 1653 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1654 void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true); 1655 1656 /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the 1657 /// top level scope. 1658 /// 1659 /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push. 1660 /// 1661 /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration. 1662 void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name); 1663 1664 /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true 1665 /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns 1666 /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context. 1667 /// 1668 /// \param ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization When true, we are checking 1669 /// whether the declaration is in scope for the purposes of explicit template 1670 /// instantiation or specialization. The default is false. 1671 bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = 0, 1672 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization = false); 1673 1674 /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it 1675 /// happens to be an enclosing scope. Otherwise return NULL. 1676 static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1677 1678 /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator(). 1679 TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 1680 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 1681 bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New); 1682 1683 /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added. 1684 AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(NamedDecl *D, SourceRange Range, 1685 IdentifierInfo *Platform, 1686 VersionTuple Introduced, 1687 VersionTuple Deprecated, 1688 VersionTuple Obsoleted, 1689 bool IsUnavailable, 1690 StringRef Message, 1691 bool Override, 1692 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1693 TypeVisibilityAttr *mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1694 TypeVisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis, 1695 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1696 VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1697 VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis, 1698 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1699 DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1700 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1701 DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1702 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1703 FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Format, 1704 int FormatIdx, int FirstArg, 1705 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1706 SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name, 1707 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1708 bool mergeDeclAttribute(NamedDecl *New, InheritableAttr *Attr, 1709 bool Override); 1710 1711 /// \brief Describes the kind of merge to perform for availability 1712 /// attributes (including "deprecated", "unavailable", and "availability"). 1713 enum AvailabilityMergeKind { 1714 /// \brief Don't merge availability attributes at all. 1715 AMK_None, 1716 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for a redeclaration, which requires 1717 /// an exact match. 1718 AMK_Redeclaration, 1719 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an override, which requires 1720 /// an exact match or a weakening of constraints. 1721 AMK_Override 1722 }; 1723 1724 void mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 1725 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK = AMK_Redeclaration); 1726 void MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls); 1727 bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *Old, Scope *S); 1728 bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 1729 Scope *S); 1730 void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old); 1731 void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls); 1732 void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); 1733 void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); 1734 bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S); 1735 1736 // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions 1737 // to represent what is actually causing the operation 1738 enum AssignmentAction { 1739 AA_Assigning, 1740 AA_Passing, 1741 AA_Returning, 1742 AA_Converting, 1743 AA_Initializing, 1744 AA_Sending, 1745 AA_Casting 1746 }; 1747 1748 /// C++ Overloading. 1749 enum OverloadKind { 1750 /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are 1751 /// functions or function templates with different signatures. 1752 Ovl_Overload, 1753 1754 /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches 1755 /// an existing declaration. 1756 Ovl_Match, 1757 1758 /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a 1759 /// non-function. 1760 Ovl_NonFunction 1761 }; 1762 OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S, 1763 FunctionDecl *New, 1764 const LookupResult &OldDecls, 1765 NamedDecl *&OldDecl, 1766 bool IsForUsingDecl); 1767 bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl); 1768 1769 /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current 1770 /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored. 1771 /// 1772 /// \returns true if \p FD is unavailable and current context is inside 1773 /// an available function, false otherwise. 1774 bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD); 1775 1776 ImplicitConversionSequence 1777 TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1778 bool SuppressUserConversions, 1779 bool AllowExplicit, 1780 bool InOverloadResolution, 1781 bool CStyle, 1782 bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion); 1783 1784 bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1785 bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1786 bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1787 bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1788 bool InOverloadResolution, 1789 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1790 bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1791 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1792 bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1793 QualType &ConvertedType); 1794 bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1795 QualType& ConvertedType); 1796 bool FunctionArgTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType, 1797 const FunctionProtoType *NewType, 1798 unsigned *ArgPos = 0); 1799 void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 1800 QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1801 1802 CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E); 1803 bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1804 CastKind &Kind, 1805 CXXCastPath& BasePath, 1806 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1807 bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1808 bool InOverloadResolution, 1809 QualType &ConvertedType); 1810 bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1811 CastKind &Kind, 1812 CXXCastPath &BasePath, 1813 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1814 bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1815 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 1816 bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1817 QualType &ResultTy); 1818 bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 1819 1820 1821 ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1822 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate, 1823 QualType ResultType, 1824 Expr *Value, 1825 bool AllowNRVO = true); 1826 1827 bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1828 ExprResult Init); 1829 ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1830 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1831 ExprResult Init, 1832 bool TopLevelOfInitList = false, 1833 bool AllowExplicit = false); 1834 ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From, 1835 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1836 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1837 CXXMethodDecl *Method); 1838 1839 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From); 1840 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From); 1841 1842 /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required. 1843 enum CCEKind { 1844 CCEK_CaseValue, ///< Expression in a case label. 1845 CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type. 1846 CCEK_TemplateArg ///< Value of a non-type template parameter. 1847 }; 1848 ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, 1849 llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE); 1850 1851 /// \brief Abstract base class used to diagnose problems that occur while 1852 /// trying to convert an expression to integral or enumeration type. 1853 class ICEConvertDiagnoser { 1854 public: 1855 bool Suppress; 1856 bool SuppressConversion; 1857 1858 ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false, 1859 bool SuppressConversion = false) 1860 : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) { } 1861 1862 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have 1863 /// integral or enumeration type. 1864 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1865 QualType T) = 0; 1866 1867 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type. 1868 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1869 QualType T) = 0; 1870 1871 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function 1872 /// is explicit. 1873 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1874 QualType T, 1875 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1876 1877 /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function. 1878 virtual DiagnosticBuilder 1879 noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1880 1881 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion 1882 /// functions. 1883 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1884 QualType T) = 0; 1885 1886 /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions. 1887 virtual DiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 1888 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1889 1890 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function 1891 /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function). 1892 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1893 QualType T, 1894 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1895 1896 virtual ~ICEConvertDiagnoser() {} 1897 }; 1898 1899 ExprResult 1900 ConvertToIntegralOrEnumerationType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, 1901 ICEConvertDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 1902 bool AllowScopedEnumerations); 1903 1904 enum ObjCSubscriptKind { 1905 OS_Array, 1906 OS_Dictionary, 1907 OS_Error 1908 }; 1909 ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE); 1910 1911 // Note that LK_String is intentionally after the other literals, as 1912 // this is used for diagnostics logic. 1913 enum ObjCLiteralKind { 1914 LK_Array, 1915 LK_Dictionary, 1916 LK_Numeric, 1917 LK_Boxed, 1918 LK_String, 1919 LK_Block, 1920 LK_None 1921 }; 1922 ObjCLiteralKind CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE); 1923 1924 ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From, 1925 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1926 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1927 NamedDecl *Member); 1928 1929 // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*. 1930 // TODO: make this is a typesafe union. 1931 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet; 1932 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet; 1933 1934 void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function, 1935 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1936 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1937 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1938 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 1939 bool PartialOverloading = false, 1940 bool AllowExplicit = false); 1941 void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions, 1942 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1943 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1944 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 1945 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 1946 void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1947 QualType ObjectType, 1948 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1949 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1950 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1951 bool SuppressUserConversion = false); 1952 void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, 1953 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1954 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType, 1955 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1956 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1957 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1958 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1959 void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl, 1960 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1961 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1962 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 1963 QualType ObjectType, 1964 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1965 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1966 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1967 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1968 void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 1969 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1970 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 1971 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1972 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1973 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1974 void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 1975 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1976 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1977 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1978 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 1979 void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 1980 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1981 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1982 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1983 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet); 1984 void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 1985 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1986 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1987 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 1988 Expr *Object, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1989 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 1990 void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 1991 SourceLocation OpLoc, 1992 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1993 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1994 SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange()); 1995 void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys, 1996 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1997 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1998 bool IsAssignmentOperator = false, 1999 unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0); 2000 void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 2001 SourceLocation OpLoc, 2002 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2003 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 2004 void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name, 2005 bool Operator, SourceLocation Loc, 2006 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2007 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 2008 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2009 bool PartialOverloading = false); 2010 2011 // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate 2012 void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType()); 2013 2014 // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates 2015 // identified by the expression Expr 2016 void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr* E, QualType DestType = QualType()); 2017 2018 // [PossiblyAFunctionType] --> [Return] 2019 // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType 2020 // R (A) --> R(A) 2021 // R (*)(A) --> R (A) 2022 // R (&)(A) --> R (A) 2023 // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A) 2024 QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType); 2025 2026 FunctionDecl * 2027 ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr, 2028 QualType TargetType, 2029 bool Complain, 2030 DeclAccessPair &Found, 2031 bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = 0); 2032 2033 FunctionDecl *ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl, 2034 bool Complain = false, 2035 DeclAccessPair* Found = 0); 2036 2037 bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization( 2038 ExprResult &SrcExpr, 2039 bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false, 2040 bool Complain = false, 2041 const SourceRange& OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(), 2042 QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(), 2043 unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0); 2044 2045 2046 Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, 2047 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2048 FunctionDecl *Fn); 2049 ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult, 2050 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2051 FunctionDecl *Fn); 2052 2053 void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2054 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2055 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, 2056 bool PartialOverloading = false); 2057 2058 // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a 2059 // range-based for loop. 2060 enum ForRangeStatus { 2061 FRS_Success, 2062 FRS_NoViableFunction, 2063 FRS_DiagnosticIssued 2064 }; 2065 2066 // An enum to represent whether something is dealing with a call to begin() 2067 // or a call to end() in a range-based for loop. 2068 enum BeginEndFunction { 2069 BEF_begin, 2070 BEF_end 2071 }; 2072 2073 ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 2074 SourceLocation RangeLoc, 2075 VarDecl *Decl, 2076 BeginEndFunction BEF, 2077 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2078 LookupResult &MemberLookup, 2079 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, 2080 Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr); 2081 2082 ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, 2083 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2084 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2085 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2086 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2087 Expr *ExecConfig, 2088 bool AllowTypoCorrection=true); 2089 2090 bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2091 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2092 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2093 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, 2094 ExprResult *Result); 2095 2096 ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2097 unsigned Opc, 2098 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 2099 Expr *input); 2100 2101 ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2102 unsigned Opc, 2103 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 2104 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 2105 2106 ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc, 2107 SourceLocation RLoc, 2108 Expr *Base,Expr *Idx); 2109 2110 ExprResult 2111 BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr, 2112 SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr **Args, 2113 unsigned NumArgs, SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2114 ExprResult 2115 BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2116 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2117 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2118 2119 ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 2120 SourceLocation OpLoc); 2121 2122 /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is 2123 /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location 2124 /// that best represents the call. 2125 bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc, 2126 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD); 2127 2128 /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions. 2129 bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl **Param, ParmVarDecl **ParamEnd, 2130 bool CheckParameterNames); 2131 void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD); 2132 void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D); 2133 Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S); 2134 2135 /// \name Name lookup 2136 /// 2137 /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic 2138 /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers, 2139 /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or 2140 /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry 2141 /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup, 2142 /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup. 2143 /// 2144 /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria, 2145 /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how 2146 /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both 2147 /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore 2148 /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name 2149 /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name 2150 /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration. 2151 /// 2152 /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name 2153 /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation 2154 /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing 2155 /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup 2156 /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or 2157 /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name 2158 /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides 2159 /// the ability to distinguish among them. 2160 //@{ 2161 2162 /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform. 2163 enum LookupNameKind { 2164 /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions, 2165 /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names 2166 /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++. 2167 LookupOrdinaryName = 0, 2168 /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes, 2169 /// structs, and unions. 2170 LookupTagName, 2171 /// Label name lookup. 2172 LookupLabel, 2173 /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of 2174 /// class/struct/union members. 2175 LookupMemberName, 2176 /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with 2177 /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name 2178 /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members. 2179 LookupOperatorName, 2180 /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution 2181 /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object, 2182 /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1). 2183 LookupNestedNameSpecifierName, 2184 /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or 2185 /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++ 2186 /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1). 2187 LookupNamespaceName, 2188 /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name, 2189 /// including resolved using declarations. This is appropriate 2190 /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration. 2191 LookupUsingDeclName, 2192 /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a 2193 /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that 2194 /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See 2195 /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6. 2196 LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage, 2197 /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol. 2198 LookupObjCProtocolName, 2199 /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method. 2200 LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam, 2201 /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name. 2202 LookupAnyName 2203 }; 2204 2205 /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a 2206 /// redeclaration (vs. a reference). 2207 enum RedeclarationKind { 2208 /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the 2209 /// purpose of redeclaring the name. 2210 NotForRedeclaration = 0, 2211 /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name, 2212 /// if an entity by that name already exists. 2213 ForRedeclaration 2214 }; 2215 2216 /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator. 2217 enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult { 2218 /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error. 2219 LOLR_Error, 2220 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which 2221 /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it. 2222 LOLR_Cooked, 2223 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects 2224 /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token. 2225 LOLR_Raw, 2226 /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates, 2227 /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be 2228 /// passed as a non-type template argument pack. 2229 LOLR_Template 2230 }; 2231 2232 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D, 2233 CXXSpecialMember SM, 2234 bool ConstArg, 2235 bool VolatileArg, 2236 bool RValueThis, 2237 bool ConstThis, 2238 bool VolatileThis); 2239 2240private: 2241 bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S); 2242 2243 // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls. 2244 // 2245 // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded 2246 // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise. 2247 llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces; 2248 2249 /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal 2250 /// source. 2251 bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces; 2252 2253public: 2254 /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration. Return 2255 /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded. 2256 /// 2257 /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle 2258 /// ambiguity and overloaded. 2259 NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name, 2260 SourceLocation Loc, 2261 LookupNameKind NameKind, 2262 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2263 = NotForRedeclaration); 2264 bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, 2265 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false); 2266 bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx, 2267 bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false); 2268 bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2269 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false, 2270 bool EnteringContext = false); 2271 ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc, 2272 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2273 = NotForRedeclaration); 2274 2275 void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S, 2276 QualType T1, QualType T2, 2277 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions); 2278 2279 LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 2280 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation()); 2281 2282 DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2283 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2284 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2285 unsigned Quals); 2286 CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2287 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2288 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2289 unsigned Quals); 2290 CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2291 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2292 CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2293 2294 LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R, 2295 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys, 2296 bool AllowRawAndTemplate); 2297 bool isKnownName(StringRef name); 2298 2299 void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, bool Operator, 2300 SourceLocation Loc, 2301 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2302 ADLResult &Functions); 2303 2304 void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind, 2305 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2306 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2307 void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind, 2308 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2309 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2310 2311 TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, 2312 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, 2313 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2314 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 2315 DeclContext *MemberContext = 0, 2316 bool EnteringContext = false, 2317 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = 0); 2318 2319 void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc, 2320 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2321 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces, 2322 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses); 2323 2324 void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 2325 bool ConsiderLinkage, 2326 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 2327 2328 bool DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result); 2329 //@} 2330 2331 ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 2332 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2333 bool TypoCorrection = false); 2334 NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 2335 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 2336 SourceLocation Loc); 2337 NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II, 2338 Scope *S); 2339 void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD); 2340 2341 // More parsing and symbol table subroutines. 2342 2343 // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2344 void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD, 2345 bool NonInheritable = true, 2346 bool Inheritable = true); 2347 void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL, 2348 bool NonInheritable = true, 2349 bool Inheritable = true, 2350 bool IncludeCXX11Attributes = true); 2351 bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl, 2352 const AttributeList *AttrList); 2353 2354 void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D); 2355 2356 bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value); 2357 bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC, 2358 const FunctionDecl *FD = 0); 2359 bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr); 2360 void CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Decl *D); 2361 2362 /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2363 StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs, 2364 SourceRange Range); 2365 2366 void WarnUndefinedMethod(SourceLocation ImpLoc, ObjCMethodDecl *method, 2367 bool &IncompleteImpl, unsigned DiagID); 2368 void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2369 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2370 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2371 2372 void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2373 ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden, 2374 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2375 2376 /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method 2377 /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration. 2378 void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2379 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2380 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2381 2382 bool isPropertyReadonly(ObjCPropertyDecl *PropertyDecl, 2383 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2384 2385 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet; 2386 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap; 2387 2388 /// CheckProtocolMethodDefs - This routine checks unimplemented 2389 /// methods declared in protocol, and those referenced by it. 2390 void CheckProtocolMethodDefs(SourceLocation ImpLoc, 2391 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl, 2392 bool& IncompleteImpl, 2393 const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2394 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2395 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl); 2396 2397 /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables 2398 /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface. 2399 void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl, 2400 ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars, 2401 SourceLocation Loc); 2402 2403 /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method 2404 /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation. 2405 void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2406 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2407 bool IncompleteImpl = false); 2408 2409 /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties 2410 /// which must be implemented by this implementation. 2411 void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2412 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2413 const SelectorSet &InsMap); 2414 2415 /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all 2416 /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation. 2417 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2418 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2419 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D); 2420 2421 /// CollectImmediateProperties - This routine collects all properties in 2422 /// the class and its conforming protocols; but not those it its super class. 2423 void CollectImmediateProperties(ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2424 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& PropMap, 2425 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& SuperPropMap); 2426 2427 /// IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor - This routine returns 'true' if 'IV' is 2428 /// an ivar synthesized for 'Method' and 'Method' is a property accessor 2429 /// declared in class 'IFace'. 2430 bool IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace, 2431 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, ObjCIvarDecl *IV); 2432 2433 /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in 2434 /// class extensions. 2435 ObjCPropertyDecl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S, 2436 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2437 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2438 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2439 Selector GetterSel, 2440 Selector SetterSel, 2441 const bool isAssign, 2442 const bool isReadWrite, 2443 const unsigned Attributes, 2444 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2445 bool *isOverridingProperty, 2446 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2447 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind); 2448 2449 /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to 2450 /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface. 2451 ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S, 2452 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2453 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2454 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2455 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2456 Selector GetterSel, 2457 Selector SetterSel, 2458 const bool isAssign, 2459 const bool isReadWrite, 2460 const unsigned Attributes, 2461 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2462 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2463 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 2464 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 2465 2466 /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via 2467 /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared 2468 /// setter or getter. 2469 void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2470 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl); 2471 2472 void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D); 2473 2474 void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID); 2475 2476 enum MethodMatchStrategy { 2477 MMS_loose, 2478 MMS_strict 2479 }; 2480 2481 /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns 2482 /// true, or false, accordingly. 2483 bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2484 const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod, 2485 MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict); 2486 2487 /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or 2488 /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations. 2489 void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2490 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2491 SelectorSet &InsMapSeen, 2492 SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen, 2493 ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2494 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2495 bool &IncompleteImpl, 2496 bool ImmediateClass, 2497 bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false); 2498 2499 /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in 2500 /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and 2501 /// warns each time an exact match is found. 2502 void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP); 2503 2504 /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods. 2505 void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method); 2506 2507private: 2508 /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global 2509 /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool. 2510 void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance); 2511 2512 /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and 2513 /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures. 2514 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2515 bool receiverIdOrClass, 2516 bool warn, bool instance); 2517 2518public: 2519 /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation 2520 /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate 2521 /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking 2522 /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown). 2523 void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2524 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true); 2525 } 2526 2527 /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods. 2528 void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2529 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false); 2530 } 2531 2532 /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global 2533 /// pool. 2534 void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D); 2535 2536 /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2537 /// there are multiple signatures. 2538 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2539 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2540 bool warn=true) { 2541 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2542 warn, /*instance*/true); 2543 } 2544 2545 /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2546 /// there are multiple signatures. 2547 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2548 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2549 bool warn=true) { 2550 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2551 warn, /*instance*/false); 2552 } 2553 2554 /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an 2555 /// implementation. 2556 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel); 2557 2558 /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require 2559 /// initialization. 2560 void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, 2561 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars); 2562 2563 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2564 // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp. 2565public: 2566 class FullExprArg { 2567 public: 2568 FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(0) { } 2569 2570 // FIXME: The const_cast here is ugly. RValue references would make this 2571 // much nicer (or we could duplicate a bunch of the move semantics 2572 // emulation code from Ownership.h). 2573 FullExprArg(const FullExprArg& Other) : E(Other.E) {} 2574 2575 ExprResult release() { 2576 return E; 2577 } 2578 2579 Expr *get() const { return E; } 2580 2581 Expr *operator->() { 2582 return E; 2583 } 2584 2585 private: 2586 // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just 2587 // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below. 2588 friend class Sema; 2589 2590 explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {} 2591 2592 Expr *E; 2593 }; 2594 2595 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) { 2596 return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation()); 2597 } 2598 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) { 2599 return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).release()); 2600 } 2601 FullExprArg MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr *Arg) { 2602 ExprResult FE = 2603 ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(), 2604 /*DiscardedValue*/ true); 2605 return FullExprArg(FE.release()); 2606 } 2607 2608 StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(ExprResult Arg); 2609 2610 StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc, 2611 bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false); 2612 2613 void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2614 void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2615 StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, 2616 MultiStmtArg Elts, 2617 bool isStmtExpr); 2618 2619 /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement. 2620 class CompoundScopeRAII { 2621 public: 2622 CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) { 2623 S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2624 } 2625 2626 ~CompoundScopeRAII() { 2627 S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2628 } 2629 2630 private: 2631 Sema &S; 2632 }; 2633 2634 StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl, 2635 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2636 SourceLocation EndLoc); 2637 void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl); 2638 StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E); 2639 StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal, 2640 SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal, 2641 SourceLocation ColonLoc); 2642 void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt); 2643 2644 StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2645 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2646 Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope); 2647 StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl, 2648 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt); 2649 2650 StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc, 2651 ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs, 2652 Stmt *SubStmt); 2653 2654 StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, 2655 FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar, 2656 Stmt *ThenVal, 2657 SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal); 2658 StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2659 Expr *Cond, 2660 Decl *CondVar); 2661 StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2662 Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body); 2663 StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2664 FullExprArg Cond, 2665 Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body); 2666 StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body, 2667 SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2668 SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond, 2669 SourceLocation CondRParen); 2670 2671 StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2672 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2673 Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second, 2674 Decl *SecondVar, 2675 FullExprArg Third, 2676 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2677 Stmt *Body); 2678 ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc, 2679 Expr *collection); 2680 StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc, 2681 Stmt *First, Expr *collection, 2682 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2683 StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body); 2684 2685 enum BuildForRangeKind { 2686 /// Initial building of a for-range statement. 2687 BFRK_Build, 2688 /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't 2689 /// attempt any typo-correction. 2690 BFRK_Rebuild, 2691 /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any 2692 /// unnecessary or irreversible actions. 2693 BFRK_Check 2694 }; 2695 2696 StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *LoopVar, 2697 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection, 2698 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2699 BuildForRangeKind Kind); 2700 StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2701 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2702 Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl, 2703 Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc, 2704 Stmt *LoopVarDecl, 2705 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2706 BuildForRangeKind Kind); 2707 StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body); 2708 2709 StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2710 SourceLocation LabelLoc, 2711 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 2712 StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2713 SourceLocation StarLoc, 2714 Expr *DestExp); 2715 StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2716 StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation BreakLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2717 2718 const VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E, 2719 bool AllowFunctionParameters); 2720 2721 StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2722 StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2723 2724 StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple, 2725 bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs, 2726 unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names, 2727 MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs, 2728 Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers, 2729 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2730 2731 NamedDecl *LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(StringRef Name, SourceLocation Loc, 2732 unsigned &Length, unsigned &Size, 2733 unsigned &Type, bool &IsVarDecl); 2734 bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member, 2735 unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc); 2736 StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 2737 ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks, SourceLocation EndLoc); 2738 2739 VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType, 2740 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2741 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 2742 bool Invalid = false); 2743 2744 Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2745 2746 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen, 2747 Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body); 2748 2749 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2750 2751 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try, 2752 MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally); 2753 2754 StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw); 2755 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw, 2756 Scope *CurScope); 2757 ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc, 2758 Expr *operand); 2759 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, 2760 Expr *SynchExpr, 2761 Stmt *SynchBody); 2762 2763 StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2764 2765 VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2766 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2767 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2768 IdentifierInfo *Id); 2769 2770 Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2771 2772 StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc, 2773 Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock); 2774 StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock, 2775 MultiStmtArg Handlers); 2776 2777 StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ? 2778 SourceLocation TryLoc, 2779 Stmt *TryBlock, 2780 Stmt *Handler); 2781 2782 StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2783 Expr *FilterExpr, 2784 Stmt *Block); 2785 2786 StmtResult ActOnSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2787 Stmt *Block); 2788 2789 void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock); 2790 2791 bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const; 2792 2793 /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track 2794 /// of it. 2795 void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D); 2796 2797 /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression 2798 /// whose result is unused, warn. 2799 void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S); 2800 void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND); 2801 2802 /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null 2803 /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line. 2804 /// 2805 /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as: 2806 /// if (condition); 2807 /// do_stuff(); 2808 void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc, 2809 const Stmt *Body, 2810 unsigned DiagID); 2811 2812 /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by 2813 /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body. 2814 void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S, 2815 const Stmt *PossibleBody); 2816 2817 ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 2818 return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool); 2819 } 2820 void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl); 2821 2822 typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState; 2823 ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() { 2824 return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed(); 2825 } 2826 void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) { 2827 DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state); 2828 } 2829 2830 void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool); 2831 2832 void EmitDeprecationWarning(NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message, 2833 SourceLocation Loc, 2834 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass, 2835 const ObjCPropertyDecl *ObjCProperty); 2836 2837 void HandleDelayedDeprecationCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 2838 2839 bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc, 2840 StringRef message); 2841 2842 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2843 // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp. 2844 2845 bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D); 2846 bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 2847 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0); 2848 void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD); 2849 std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD); 2850 bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, 2851 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter, 2852 SourceLocation Loc); 2853 void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 2854 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs); 2855 2856 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 2857 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 2858 bool IsDecltype = false); 2859 enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl }; 2860 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 2861 ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, 2862 bool IsDecltype = false); 2863 void PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 2864 2865 void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 2866 2867 ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E); 2868 ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E); 2869 2870 ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res); 2871 2872 // Functions for marking a declaration referenced. These functions also 2873 // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or 2874 // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense). There are separate variants 2875 // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking 2876 // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the 2877 // named expressions. 2878 void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, bool OdrUse); 2879 void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func); 2880 void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var); 2881 void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E); 2882 void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E); 2883 2884 void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E); 2885 void CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 2886 2887 enum TryCaptureKind { 2888 TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef 2889 }; 2890 2891 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 2892 /// 2893 /// \param Var The variable to capture. 2894 /// 2895 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs. 2896 /// 2897 /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a 2898 /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda). 2899 /// 2900 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in 2901 /// an explicit lambda capture. 2902 /// 2903 /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the 2904 /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether 2905 /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining 2906 /// if the variable cannot be captured. 2907 /// 2908 /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture 2909 /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the 2910 /// variable can be captured. 2911 /// 2912 /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture 2913 /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be 2914 /// captured. 2915 /// 2916 /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be 2917 /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded. 2918 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind, 2919 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose, 2920 QualType &CaptureType, 2921 QualType &DeclRefType); 2922 2923 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 2924 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, 2925 TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit, 2926 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation()); 2927 2928 /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that 2929 /// variable will have in the given scope. 2930 QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc); 2931 2932 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T); 2933 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E, 2934 bool SkipLocalVariables = false); 2935 2936 /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a 2937 /// call. Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was 2938 /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid. 2939 bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD, 2940 bool ForceComplain = false, 2941 bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = 0); 2942 2943 /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call. 2944 bool isExprCallable(const Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy, 2945 UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads); 2946 2947 /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current 2948 /// evaluation context. 2949 /// 2950 /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the 2951 /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic 2952 /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable. 2953 /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted. 2954 bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement, 2955 const PartialDiagnostic &PD); 2956 2957 // Primary Expressions. 2958 SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const; 2959 2960 ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2961 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2962 UnqualifiedId &Id, 2963 bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand, 2964 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0); 2965 2966 void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id, 2967 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer, 2968 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2969 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs); 2970 2971 bool DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R, 2972 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 2973 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0, 2974 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = ArrayRef<Expr *>()); 2975 2976 ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S, 2977 IdentifierInfo *II, 2978 bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false); 2979 2980 ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2981 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2982 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2983 bool isAddressOfOperand, 2984 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2985 2986 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 2987 ExprValueKind VK, 2988 SourceLocation Loc, 2989 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 2990 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 2991 ExprValueKind VK, 2992 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2993 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 2994 ExprResult 2995 BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2996 SourceLocation nameLoc, 2997 IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField, 2998 Expr *baseObjectExpr = 0, 2999 SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation()); 3000 ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3001 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3002 LookupResult &R, 3003 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3004 ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3005 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3006 LookupResult &R, 3007 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 3008 bool IsDefiniteInstance); 3009 bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3010 const LookupResult &R, 3011 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3012 3013 ExprResult BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3014 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3015 bool IsAddressOfOperand); 3016 ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3017 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3018 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3019 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3020 3021 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3022 LookupResult &R, 3023 bool NeedsADL); 3024 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3025 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3026 NamedDecl *D); 3027 3028 ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R, 3029 DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo, 3030 ArrayRef<Expr*> Args, 3031 SourceLocation LitEndLoc, 3032 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 3033 3034 ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3035 ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val); 3036 ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3037 ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3038 ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E); 3039 ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L, 3040 SourceLocation R, 3041 MultiExprArg Val); 3042 3043 /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string 3044 /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). 3045 ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks, 3046 Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3047 3048 ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 3049 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 3050 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3051 Expr *ControllingExpr, 3052 MultiTypeArg ArgTypes, 3053 MultiExprArg ArgExprs); 3054 ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 3055 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 3056 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3057 Expr *ControllingExpr, 3058 TypeSourceInfo **Types, 3059 Expr **Exprs, 3060 unsigned NumAssocs); 3061 3062 // Binary/Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator. 3063 ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc, 3064 Expr *InputExpr); 3065 ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3066 UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input); 3067 ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3068 tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input); 3069 3070 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3071 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3072 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 3073 SourceRange R); 3074 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3075 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3076 ExprResult 3077 ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3078 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 3079 bool IsType, void *TyOrEx, 3080 const SourceRange &ArgRange); 3081 3082 ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E); 3083 bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E); 3084 3085 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3086 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3087 SourceRange ExprRange, 3088 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3089 ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S, 3090 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3091 IdentifierInfo &Name, 3092 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3093 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3094 ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3095 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input); 3096 3097 ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 3098 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 3099 ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 3100 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 3101 3102 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3103 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 3104 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3105 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3106 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3107 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3108 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3109 3110 // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow 3111 // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after 3112 // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the 3113 // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class 3114 // defines a custom operator->). 3115 struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs { 3116 Scope *S; 3117 UnqualifiedId &Id; 3118 Decl *ObjCImpDecl; 3119 bool HasTrailingLParen; 3120 }; 3121 3122 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3123 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 3124 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3125 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3126 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3127 LookupResult &R, 3128 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 3129 bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false, 3130 ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = 0); 3131 3132 ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow); 3133 ExprResult LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, ExprResult &Base, 3134 bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3135 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3136 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 3137 bool HasTemplateArgs); 3138 3139 bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType, 3140 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3141 const LookupResult &R); 3142 3143 ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3144 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3145 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3146 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3147 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3148 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3149 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3150 3151 ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3152 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3153 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3154 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3155 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3156 UnqualifiedId &Member, 3157 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 3158 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3159 3160 void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl); 3161 bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn, 3162 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 3163 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 3164 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 3165 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3166 bool ExecConfig = false); 3167 void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3168 ParmVarDecl *Param, 3169 const Expr *ArgExpr); 3170 3171 /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments. 3172 /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma 3173 /// locations. 3174 ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3175 MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3176 Expr *ExecConfig = 0, bool IsExecConfig = false); 3177 ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl, 3178 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3179 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 3180 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3181 Expr *Config = 0, 3182 bool IsExecConfig = false); 3183 3184 ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc, 3185 MultiExprArg ExecConfig, 3186 SourceLocation GGGLoc); 3187 3188 ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3189 Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty, 3190 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr); 3191 ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3192 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3193 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3194 Expr *Op); 3195 CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType); 3196 3197 /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal. 3198 ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3199 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E, 3200 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 3201 3202 ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME); 3203 3204 ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3205 ParsedType Ty, 3206 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3207 Expr *InitExpr); 3208 3209 ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3210 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3211 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3212 Expr *LiteralExpr); 3213 3214 ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 3215 MultiExprArg InitArgList, 3216 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 3217 3218 ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig, 3219 SourceLocation Loc, 3220 bool GNUSyntax, 3221 ExprResult Init); 3222 3223 ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc, 3224 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3225 ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3226 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3227 ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, 3228 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3229 3230 /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null 3231 /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension. 3232 ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc, 3233 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 3234 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3235 3236 /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo". 3237 ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc, 3238 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 3239 3240 void ActOnStartStmtExpr(); 3241 ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt, 3242 SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})" 3243 void ActOnStmtExprError(); 3244 3245 // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*) 3246 struct OffsetOfComponent { 3247 SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd; 3248 bool isBrackets; // true if [expr], false if .ident 3249 union { 3250 IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo; 3251 Expr *E; 3252 } U; 3253 }; 3254 3255 /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c) 3256 ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3257 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3258 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3259 unsigned NumComponents, 3260 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3261 ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S, 3262 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3263 SourceLocation TypeLoc, 3264 ParsedType ParsedArgTy, 3265 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3266 unsigned NumComponents, 3267 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3268 3269 // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2) 3270 ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3271 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, 3272 Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3273 3274 // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type) 3275 ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty, 3276 SourceLocation RPLoc); 3277 ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, 3278 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3279 3280 // __null 3281 ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc); 3282 3283 bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E); 3284 3285 /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check. 3286 enum IfExistsResult { 3287 /// \brief The symbol exists. 3288 IER_Exists, 3289 3290 /// \brief The symbol does not exist. 3291 IER_DoesNotExist, 3292 3293 /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ 3294 /// from one instantiation to the next. 3295 IER_Dependent, 3296 3297 /// \brief An error occurred. 3298 IER_Error 3299 }; 3300 3301 IfExistsResult 3302 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3303 const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo); 3304 3305 IfExistsResult 3306 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3307 bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3308 UnqualifiedId &Name); 3309 3310 StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3311 bool IsIfExists, 3312 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 3313 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo, 3314 Stmt *Nested); 3315 StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3316 bool IsIfExists, 3317 CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name, 3318 Stmt *Nested); 3319 3320 //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===// 3321 3322 /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is 3323 /// started. 3324 void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3325 3326 /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments. 3327 /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked. 3328 void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo, 3329 Scope *CurScope); 3330 3331 /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback 3332 /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl. 3333 void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3334 3335 /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement 3336 /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...} 3337 ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body, 3338 Scope *CurScope); 3339 3340 //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===// 3341 3342 /// __builtin_astype(...) 3343 ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, 3344 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3345 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3346 3347 //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===// 3348 3349 // Act on C++ namespaces 3350 Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc, 3351 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3352 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3353 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 3354 SourceLocation LBrace, 3355 AttributeList *AttrList); 3356 void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace); 3357 3358 NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const; 3359 NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace(); 3360 3361 CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const; 3362 3363 /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if 3364 /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element. 3365 bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element); 3366 3367 /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it 3368 /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found. 3369 /// 3370 /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error. 3371 QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc); 3372 3373 /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as 3374 /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2. 3375 bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor); 3376 3377 Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope, 3378 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3379 SourceLocation NamespcLoc, 3380 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3381 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3382 IdentifierInfo *NamespcName, 3383 AttributeList *AttrList); 3384 3385 void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir); 3386 3387 Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope, 3388 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3389 SourceLocation AliasLoc, 3390 IdentifierInfo *Alias, 3391 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3392 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3393 IdentifierInfo *Ident); 3394 3395 void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow); 3396 bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target, 3397 const LookupResult &PreviousDecls); 3398 UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD, 3399 NamedDecl *Target); 3400 3401 bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3402 bool isTypeName, 3403 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3404 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3405 const LookupResult &Previous); 3406 bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3407 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3408 SourceLocation NameLoc); 3409 3410 NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3411 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3412 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3413 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3414 AttributeList *AttrList, 3415 bool IsInstantiation, 3416 bool IsTypeName, 3417 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3418 3419 bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD); 3420 3421 Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3422 AccessSpecifier AS, 3423 bool HasUsingKeyword, 3424 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3425 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3426 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3427 AttributeList *AttrList, 3428 bool IsTypeName, 3429 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3430 Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3431 AccessSpecifier AS, 3432 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3433 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3434 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3435 AttributeList *AttrList, 3436 TypeResult Type); 3437 3438 /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor, 3439 /// including handling of its default argument expressions. 3440 /// 3441 /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind 3442 ExprResult 3443 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3444 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs, 3445 bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization, 3446 bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind, 3447 SourceRange ParenRange); 3448 3449 // FIXME: Can re remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if 3450 // the constructor can be elidable? 3451 ExprResult 3452 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3453 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable, 3454 MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates, 3455 bool IsListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit, 3456 unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange); 3457 3458 /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating 3459 /// the default expr if needed. 3460 ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3461 FunctionDecl *FD, 3462 ParmVarDecl *Param); 3463 3464 /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the 3465 /// constructed variable. 3466 void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType); 3467 3468 /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for 3469 /// implicitly-declared special member functions. 3470 class ImplicitExceptionSpecification { 3471 // Pointer to allow copying 3472 Sema *Self; 3473 // We order exception specifications thus: 3474 // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11. 3475 // throw() comes next. 3476 // Then a throw(collected exceptions) 3477 // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false). 3478 // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it. 3479 ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST; 3480 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen; 3481 SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions; 3482 3483 void ClearExceptions() { 3484 ExceptionsSeen.clear(); 3485 Exceptions.clear(); 3486 } 3487 3488 public: 3489 explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self) 3490 : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) { 3491 if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 3492 ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone; 3493 } 3494 3495 /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type. 3496 ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const { 3497 assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept && 3498 "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result"); 3499 return ComputedEST; 3500 } 3501 3502 /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification. 3503 unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); } 3504 3505 /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification. 3506 const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); } 3507 3508 /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data. 3509 void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3510 3511 /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data. 3512 void CalledExpr(Expr *E); 3513 3514 /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this 3515 /// computed exception specification. 3516 void getEPI(FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const { 3517 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getExceptionSpecType(); 3518 if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) { 3519 EPI.NumExceptions = size(); 3520 EPI.Exceptions = data(); 3521 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None) { 3522 /// C++11 [except.spec]p14: 3523 /// The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of 3524 /// potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any" 3525 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_ComputedNoexcept; 3526 EPI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(), 3527 tok::kw_false).take(); 3528 } 3529 } 3530 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo getEPI() const { 3531 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 3532 getEPI(EPI); 3533 return EPI; 3534 } 3535 }; 3536 3537 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3538 /// copy constructor of a class will have. 3539 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3540 ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 3541 CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3542 3543 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3544 /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter 3545 /// will be const. 3546 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3547 ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3548 3549 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled 3550 /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the 3551 /// parameter will be const. 3552 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3553 ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3554 3555 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3556 /// constructor of a class will have. 3557 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3558 ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3559 3560 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3561 /// assignment operator of a class will have. 3562 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3563 ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3564 3565 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3566 /// destructor of a class will have. 3567 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3568 ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3569 3570 /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted 3571 /// special member function. 3572 void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3573 3574 /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the 3575 /// extended prototype information with the results. 3576 void checkExceptionSpecification(ExceptionSpecificationType EST, 3577 ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions, 3578 ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges, 3579 Expr *NoexceptExpr, 3580 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions, 3581 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); 3582 3583 /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted 3584 /// definition when it is defaulted. 3585 bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 3586 bool Diagnose = false); 3587 3588 /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class. 3589 /// 3590 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3591 /// default constructor will be added. 3592 /// 3593 /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor. 3594 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor( 3595 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3596 3597 /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3598 /// defining this constructor as the default constructor. 3599 void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3600 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3601 3602 /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class. 3603 /// 3604 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3605 /// destructor will be added. 3606 /// 3607 /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor. 3608 CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3609 3610 /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of 3611 /// defining this destructor as the default destructor. 3612 void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3613 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3614 3615 /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one. 3616 /// 3617 /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one 3618 /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared. 3619 void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 3620 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3621 3622 /// \brief Declare all inherited constructors for the given class. 3623 /// 3624 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inherited 3625 /// constructors will be added. 3626 void DeclareInheritedConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3627 3628 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class. 3629 /// 3630 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3631 /// copy constructor will be added. 3632 /// 3633 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor. 3634 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3635 3636 /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3637 /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor. 3638 void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3639 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3640 3641 /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class. 3642 /// 3643 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3644 /// move constructor will be added. 3645 /// 3646 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't 3647 /// declared. 3648 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3649 3650 /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3651 /// defining this constructor as the move constructor. 3652 void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3653 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3654 3655 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class. 3656 /// 3657 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3658 /// copy assignment operator will be added. 3659 /// 3660 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3661 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3662 3663 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3664 void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3665 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3666 3667 /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class. 3668 /// 3669 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3670 /// move assignment operator will be added. 3671 /// 3672 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it 3673 /// wasn't declared. 3674 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3675 3676 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator. 3677 void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3678 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3679 3680 /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this 3681 /// class. 3682 void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 3683 3684 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted 3685 /// special member function. 3686 bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD); 3687 3688 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member 3689 /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be. 3690 /// 3691 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3692 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3693 3694 /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static 3695 /// member function. 3696 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3697 3698 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given 3699 /// static member function. 3700 /// 3701 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3702 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3703 3704 /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with 3705 /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise 3706 /// it simply returns the passed in expression. 3707 ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E); 3708 3709 bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 3710 MultiExprArg ArgsPtr, 3711 SourceLocation Loc, 3712 SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs, 3713 bool AllowExplicit = false, 3714 bool IsListInitialization = false); 3715 3716 ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3717 IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 3718 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3719 ParsedType ObjectType, 3720 bool EnteringContext); 3721 3722 ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType); 3723 3724 // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior. 3725 void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType, 3726 bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range); 3727 3728 /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's. 3729 ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3730 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3731 SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc, 3732 Declarator &D, 3733 SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc, 3734 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3735 Expr *E, 3736 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3737 3738 ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3739 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3740 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3741 Expr *E, 3742 SourceRange AngleBrackets, 3743 SourceRange Parens); 3744 3745 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3746 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3747 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3748 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3749 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3750 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3751 Expr *Operand, 3752 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3753 3754 /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ). 3755 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3756 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3757 void *TyOrExpr, 3758 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3759 3760 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3761 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3762 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3763 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3764 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3765 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3766 Expr *Operand, 3767 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3768 3769 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ). 3770 ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3771 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3772 void *TyOrExpr, 3773 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3774 3775 3776 //// ActOnCXXThis - Parse 'this' pointer. 3777 ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc); 3778 3779 /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer. 3780 /// 3781 /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type. 3782 QualType getCurrentThisType(); 3783 3784 /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the 3785 /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases, 3786 /// this provides the type used for 'this'. 3787 QualType CXXThisTypeOverride; 3788 3789 /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression 3790 /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type. 3791 class CXXThisScopeRAII { 3792 Sema &S; 3793 QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride; 3794 bool Enabled; 3795 3796 public: 3797 /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled), 3798 /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a 3799 /// class) along with the given qualifiers. 3800 /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'. 3801 CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals, 3802 bool Enabled = true); 3803 3804 ~CXXThisScopeRAII(); 3805 }; 3806 3807 /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current 3808 /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context. 3809 /// 3810 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs. 3811 /// 3812 /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda 3813 /// capture list. 3814 void CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false); 3815 3816 /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used 3817 /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently 3818 /// being defined. 3819 bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType); 3820 3821 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals. 3822 ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3823 3824 3825 /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals. 3826 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3827 3828 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'. 3829 ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc); 3830 3831 //// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions. 3832 ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr); 3833 ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex, 3834 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 3835 ExprResult CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E, 3836 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 3837 3838 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type. 3839 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)") 3840 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)") 3841 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()"). 3842 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep, 3843 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3844 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3845 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3846 3847 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type, 3848 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3849 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3850 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3851 3852 /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression. 3853 ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 3854 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 3855 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 3856 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 3857 SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D, 3858 Expr *Initializer); 3859 ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal, 3860 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 3861 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 3862 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 3863 SourceRange TypeIdParens, 3864 QualType AllocType, 3865 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo, 3866 Expr *ArraySize, 3867 SourceRange DirectInitRange, 3868 Expr *Initializer, 3869 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 3870 3871 bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc, 3872 SourceRange R); 3873 bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 3874 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray, 3875 Expr **PlaceArgs, unsigned NumPlaceArgs, 3876 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew, 3877 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete); 3878 bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 3879 DeclarationName Name, Expr** Args, 3880 unsigned NumArgs, DeclContext *Ctx, 3881 bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator, 3882 bool Diagnose = true); 3883 void DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 3884 void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return, 3885 QualType Argument, 3886 bool addMallocAttr = false); 3887 3888 bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD, 3889 DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator, 3890 bool Diagnose = true); 3891 3892 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression 3893 ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, 3894 bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm, 3895 Expr *Operand); 3896 3897 DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 3898 ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar, 3899 SourceLocation StmtLoc, 3900 bool ConvertToBoolean); 3901 3902 ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen, 3903 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen); 3904 ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand, 3905 SourceLocation RParen); 3906 3907 /// ActOnUnaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 3908 /// pseudo-functions. 3909 ExprResult ActOnUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 3910 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3911 ParsedType Ty, 3912 SourceLocation RParen); 3913 3914 ExprResult BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 3915 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3916 TypeSourceInfo *T, 3917 SourceLocation RParen); 3918 3919 /// ActOnBinaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 3920 /// pseudo-functions. 3921 ExprResult ActOnBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait OTT, 3922 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3923 ParsedType LhsTy, 3924 ParsedType RhsTy, 3925 SourceLocation RParen); 3926 3927 ExprResult BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT, 3928 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3929 TypeSourceInfo *LhsT, 3930 TypeSourceInfo *RhsT, 3931 SourceLocation RParen); 3932 3933 /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions. 3934 ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 3935 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args, 3936 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3937 ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 3938 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 3939 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3940 3941 /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 3942 /// pseudo-functions. 3943 ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 3944 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3945 ParsedType LhsTy, 3946 Expr *DimExpr, 3947 SourceLocation RParen); 3948 3949 ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 3950 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3951 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 3952 Expr *DimExpr, 3953 SourceLocation RParen); 3954 3955 /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 3956 /// pseudo-functions. 3957 ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 3958 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3959 Expr *Queried, 3960 SourceLocation RParen); 3961 3962 ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 3963 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3964 Expr *Queried, 3965 SourceLocation RParen); 3966 3967 ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, 3968 Expr *Base, 3969 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3970 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3971 ParsedType &ObjectType, 3972 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor); 3973 3974 ExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *MemExpr); 3975 3976 ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base, 3977 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3978 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3979 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3980 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType, 3981 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3982 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3983 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType, 3984 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3985 3986 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3987 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3988 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3989 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3990 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName, 3991 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3992 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3993 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName, 3994 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3995 3996 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3997 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3998 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3999 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 4000 const DeclSpec& DS, 4001 bool HasTrailingLParen); 4002 4003 /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression 4004 /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node. 4005 /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression. 4006 Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr); 4007 Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt); 4008 ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr); 4009 4010 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) { 4011 return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc() 4012 : SourceLocation()); 4013 } 4014 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC, 4015 bool DiscardedValue = false, 4016 bool IsConstexpr = false); 4017 StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt); 4018 4019 // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type. 4020 bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC); 4021 4022 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T); 4023 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4024 bool EnteringContext = false); 4025 bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4026 CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 4027 bool isUnknownSpecialization(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4028 4029 /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'. 4030 /// 4031 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4032 /// 4033 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4034 /// 4035 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place 4036 /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier. 4037 /// 4038 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4039 bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation CCLoc, 4040 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4041 4042 bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *SD); 4043 NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 4044 4045 bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4046 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4047 IdentifierInfo &II, 4048 ParsedType ObjectType); 4049 4050 bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4051 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4052 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4053 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4054 QualType ObjectType, 4055 bool EnteringContext, 4056 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4057 NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult, 4058 bool ErrorRecoveryLookup); 4059 4060 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'. 4061 /// 4062 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4063 /// 4064 /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'. 4065 /// 4066 /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier. 4067 /// 4068 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4069 /// 4070 /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing 4071 /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression. 4072 /// 4073 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by 4074 /// this nested-name-specifier. 4075 /// 4076 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 4077 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 4078 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 4079 /// including this new type). 4080 /// 4081 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4082 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4083 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4084 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4085 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4086 ParsedType ObjectType, 4087 bool EnteringContext, 4088 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4089 4090 ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E); 4091 4092 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4093 const DeclSpec &DS, 4094 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc); 4095 4096 bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4097 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4098 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4099 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4100 ParsedType ObjectType, 4101 bool EnteringContext); 4102 4103 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 4104 /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'. 4105 /// 4106 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4107 /// 4108 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 4109 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 4110 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 4111 /// including this new type). 4112 /// 4113 /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 4114 /// \param TemplateName the template name. 4115 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 4116 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 4117 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 4118 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 4119 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4120 /// 4121 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the 4122 /// nested-name-specifier. 4123 /// 4124 /// 4125 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4126 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4127 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4128 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4129 TemplateTy TemplateName, 4130 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4131 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4132 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4133 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4134 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4135 bool EnteringContext); 4136 4137 /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value 4138 /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given 4139 /// nested-name-specifier. 4140 /// 4141 /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier. 4142 /// 4143 /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the 4144 /// nested-name-specifier \p SS. 4145 void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4146 4147 /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore 4148 /// the nested-name-specifier structure. 4149 /// 4150 /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by 4151 /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(). 4152 /// 4153 /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation. 4154 /// 4155 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents 4156 /// of the annotation pointer. 4157 void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation, 4158 SourceRange AnnotationRange, 4159 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4160 4161 bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4162 4163 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global 4164 /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id. 4165 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be 4166 /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and 4167 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called. 4168 /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec. 4169 bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4170 4171 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously 4172 /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same 4173 /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well. 4174 /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the 4175 /// defining scope. 4176 void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4177 4178 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an 4179 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 4180 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a 4181 /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of 4182 /// class X. 4183 void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 4184 4185 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an 4186 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 4187 void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 4188 4189 /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type. 4190 CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4191 TypeSourceInfo *Info, 4192 bool KnownDependent); 4193 4194 /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression. 4195 CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4196 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4197 TypeSourceInfo *MethodType, 4198 SourceLocation EndLoc, 4199 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params); 4200 4201 /// \brief Introduce the scope for a lambda expression. 4202 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *enterLambdaScope(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 4203 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4204 LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault, 4205 bool ExplicitParams, 4206 bool ExplicitResultType, 4207 bool Mutable); 4208 4209 /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the 4210 /// given lambda. 4211 void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI); 4212 4213 /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope. 4214 void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope); 4215 4216 /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return 4217 /// statements present in the body. 4218 void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI); 4219 4220 /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start 4221 /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and 4222 /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the 4223 /// lambda. 4224 void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 4225 Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope); 4226 4227 /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback 4228 /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda. 4229 void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope, 4230 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4231 4232 /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression 4233 /// was successfully completed. 4234 ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body, 4235 Scope *CurScope, 4236 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4237 4238 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4239 /// function pointer. 4240 /// 4241 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4242 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4243 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4244 /// block pointer conversion. 4245 void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion( 4246 SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4247 4248 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4249 /// block pointer. 4250 /// 4251 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4252 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4253 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4254 /// block pointer conversion. 4255 void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc, 4256 CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4257 4258 ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 4259 SourceLocation ConvLocation, 4260 CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 4261 Expr *Src); 4262 4263 // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals. 4264 ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs, 4265 Expr **Strings, 4266 unsigned NumStrings); 4267 4268 ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S); 4269 4270 /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4271 /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *" 4272 /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable. 4273 ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number); 4274 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc, 4275 bool Value); 4276 ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements); 4277 4278 /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4279 /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will 4280 /// either be "NSNumber *" or "NSString *" depending on the type of 4281 /// ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type or 4282 /// "char *" or "const char *". 4283 ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr); 4284 4285 ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr, 4286 Expr *IndexExpr, 4287 ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod, 4288 ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod); 4289 4290 ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR, 4291 ObjCDictionaryElement *Elements, 4292 unsigned NumElements); 4293 4294 ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4295 TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo, 4296 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4297 ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 4298 CXXConversionDecl *Method, 4299 bool HadMultipleCandidates); 4300 4301 ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4302 SourceLocation EncodeLoc, 4303 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4304 ParsedType Ty, 4305 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4306 4307 /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector 4308 ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel, 4309 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4310 SourceLocation SelLoc, 4311 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4312 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4313 4314 /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol 4315 ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName, 4316 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4317 SourceLocation ProtoLoc, 4318 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4319 SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc, 4320 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4321 4322 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4323 // C++ Declarations 4324 // 4325 Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4326 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4327 SourceLocation LangLoc, 4328 StringRef Lang, 4329 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 4330 Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4331 Decl *LinkageSpec, 4332 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 4333 4334 4335 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4336 // C++ Classes 4337 // 4338 bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S, 4339 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 4340 4341 bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access, 4342 SourceLocation ASLoc, 4343 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4344 AttributeList *Attrs = 0); 4345 4346 NamedDecl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 4347 Declarator &D, 4348 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4349 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS, 4350 InClassInitStyle InitStyle); 4351 void ActOnCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl, SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4352 Expr *Init); 4353 4354 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4355 Scope *S, 4356 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4357 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4358 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4359 const DeclSpec &DS, 4360 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4361 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4362 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 4363 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4364 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4365 4366 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4367 Scope *S, 4368 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4369 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4370 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4371 const DeclSpec &DS, 4372 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4373 Expr *InitList, 4374 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4375 4376 MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4377 Scope *S, 4378 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4379 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4380 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4381 const DeclSpec &DS, 4382 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4383 Expr *Init, 4384 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4385 4386 MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member, 4387 Expr *Init, 4388 SourceLocation IdLoc); 4389 4390 MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType, 4391 TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo, 4392 Expr *Init, 4393 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 4394 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4395 4396 MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4397 Expr *Init, 4398 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4399 4400 bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 4401 CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer); 4402 4403 bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool AnyErrors, 4404 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers = 4405 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *>()); 4406 4407 void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation); 4408 4409 4410 /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl, 4411 /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as 4412 /// referenced. 4413 void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4414 CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4415 4416 /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within 4417 /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the 4418 /// first use occurred. 4419 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse; 4420 4421 /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been 4422 /// materialized. 4423 SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses; 4424 4425 /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within 4426 /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is 4427 /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed 4428 /// by code generation). 4429 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed; 4430 4431 /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses. 4432 void LoadExternalVTableUses(); 4433 4434 typedef LazyVector<CXXRecordDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 4435 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDynamicClasses, 2, 2> 4436 DynamicClassesType; 4437 4438 /// \brief A list of all of the dynamic classes in this translation 4439 /// unit. 4440 DynamicClassesType DynamicClasses; 4441 4442 /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the 4443 /// given location. 4444 void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4445 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 4446 4447 /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions 4448 /// in the given class as needed. 4449 void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc, 4450 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4451 4452 /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given 4453 /// CXXRecordDecl referenced. 4454 void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4455 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4456 4457 /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this 4458 /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those 4459 /// vtables. 4460 /// 4461 /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise. 4462 bool DefineUsedVTables(); 4463 4464 void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4465 4466 void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl, 4467 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4468 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer*> MemInits, 4469 bool AnyErrors); 4470 4471 void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4472 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc, 4473 Decl *TagDecl, 4474 SourceLocation LBrac, 4475 SourceLocation RBrac, 4476 AttributeList *AttrList); 4477 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls(); 4478 4479 void ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template); 4480 void ActOnReenterDeclaratorTemplateScope(Scope *S, DeclaratorDecl *D); 4481 void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4482 void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4483 void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param); 4484 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4485 void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4486 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record); 4487 void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, bool Flag = true); 4488 bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction(); 4489 4490 Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4491 Expr *AssertExpr, 4492 Expr *AssertMessageExpr, 4493 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4494 Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4495 Expr *AssertExpr, 4496 StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr, 4497 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4498 bool Failed); 4499 4500 FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart, 4501 SourceLocation FriendLoc, 4502 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo); 4503 Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 4504 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4505 NamedDecl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4506 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4507 4508 QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4509 StorageClass& SC); 4510 void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 4511 QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4512 StorageClass& SC); 4513 bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 4514 void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R, 4515 StorageClass& SC); 4516 Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion); 4517 4518 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 4519 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD, 4520 const FunctionProtoType *T); 4521 void CheckDelayedExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs(); 4522 4523 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4524 // C++ Derived Classes 4525 // 4526 4527 /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier 4528 CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4529 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4530 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4531 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4532 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4533 4534 BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl, 4535 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4536 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 4537 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4538 ParsedType basetype, 4539 SourceLocation BaseLoc, 4540 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4541 4542 bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4543 unsigned NumBases); 4544 void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4545 unsigned NumBases); 4546 4547 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base); 4548 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4549 4550 // FIXME: I don't like this name. 4551 void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4552 4553 bool BasePathInvolvesVirtualBase(const CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4554 4555 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4556 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4557 CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 4558 bool IgnoreAccess = false); 4559 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4560 unsigned InaccessibleBaseID, 4561 unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID, 4562 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4563 DeclarationName Name, 4564 CXXCastPath *BasePath); 4565 4566 std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4567 4568 bool CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4569 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4570 4571 /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are 4572 /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5. 4573 bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4574 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4575 4576 /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception 4577 /// spec is a subset of base spec. 4578 bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4579 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4580 4581 bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange); 4582 4583 /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics. 4584 void CheckOverrideControl(Decl *D); 4585 4586 /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function 4587 /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to 4588 /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4. 4589 bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4590 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4591 4592 4593 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4594 // C++ Access Control 4595 // 4596 4597 enum AccessResult { 4598 AR_accessible, 4599 AR_inaccessible, 4600 AR_dependent, 4601 AR_delayed 4602 }; 4603 4604 bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl, 4605 NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl, 4606 AccessSpecifier LexicalAS); 4607 4608 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E, 4609 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4610 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E, 4611 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4612 AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc, 4613 SourceRange PlacementRange, 4614 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, 4615 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 4616 bool Diagnose = true); 4617 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4618 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4619 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4620 AccessSpecifier Access, 4621 bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false); 4622 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4623 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4624 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4625 AccessSpecifier Access, 4626 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag); 4627 AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4628 CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor, 4629 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 4630 QualType objectType = QualType()); 4631 AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D); 4632 AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4633 Expr *ObjectExpr, 4634 Expr *ArgExpr, 4635 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4636 AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr, 4637 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4638 AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc, 4639 QualType Base, QualType Derived, 4640 const CXXBasePath &Path, 4641 unsigned DiagID, 4642 bool ForceCheck = false, 4643 bool ForceUnprivileged = false); 4644 void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R); 4645 bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx); 4646 bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl, 4647 AccessSpecifier access, 4648 QualType objectType); 4649 4650 void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD, 4651 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4652 void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern, 4653 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4654 4655 void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 4656 4657 /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE 4658 /// failures rather than hard errors. 4659 bool AccessCheckingSFINAE; 4660 4661 enum AbstractDiagSelID { 4662 AbstractNone = -1, 4663 AbstractReturnType, 4664 AbstractParamType, 4665 AbstractVariableType, 4666 AbstractFieldType, 4667 AbstractIvarType, 4668 AbstractArrayType 4669 }; 4670 4671 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4672 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 4673 template<typename T1> 4674 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4675 unsigned DiagID, 4676 const T1 &Arg1) { 4677 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 4678 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4679 } 4680 4681 template<typename T1, typename T2> 4682 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4683 unsigned DiagID, 4684 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 4685 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 4686 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4687 } 4688 4689 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 4690 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4691 unsigned DiagID, 4692 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 4693 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, Arg3); 4694 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4695 } 4696 4697 void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4698 4699 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, 4700 AbstractDiagSelID SelID = AbstractNone); 4701 4702 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4703 // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5] 4704 // 4705 4706 bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4707 4708 bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4709 4710 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4711 // C++ Templates [C++ 14] 4712 // 4713 void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4714 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4715 bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4716 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4717 4718 void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4719 QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext, 4720 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4721 4722 TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S, 4723 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4724 bool hasTemplateKeyword, 4725 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4726 ParsedType ObjectType, 4727 bool EnteringContext, 4728 TemplateTy &Template, 4729 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4730 4731 bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 4732 SourceLocation IILoc, 4733 Scope *S, 4734 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, 4735 TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate, 4736 TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind); 4737 4738 void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl); 4739 TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl); 4740 4741 Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, bool Ellipsis, 4742 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4743 SourceLocation KeyLoc, 4744 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4745 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4746 unsigned Depth, unsigned Position, 4747 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4748 ParsedType DefaultArg); 4749 4750 QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 4751 Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4752 unsigned Depth, 4753 unsigned Position, 4754 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4755 Expr *DefaultArg); 4756 Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S, 4757 SourceLocation TmpLoc, 4758 TemplateParameterList *Params, 4759 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4760 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4761 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4762 unsigned Depth, 4763 unsigned Position, 4764 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4765 ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg); 4766 4767 TemplateParameterList * 4768 ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth, 4769 SourceLocation ExportLoc, 4770 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4771 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4772 Decl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 4773 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4774 4775 /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter 4776 /// list. 4777 enum TemplateParamListContext { 4778 TPC_ClassTemplate, 4779 TPC_FunctionTemplate, 4780 TPC_ClassTemplateMember, 4781 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate, 4782 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition, 4783 TPC_TypeAliasTemplate 4784 }; 4785 4786 bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams, 4787 TemplateParameterList *OldParams, 4788 TemplateParamListContext TPC); 4789 TemplateParameterList * 4790 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, 4791 SourceLocation DeclLoc, 4792 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4793 TemplateParameterList **ParamLists, 4794 unsigned NumParamLists, 4795 bool IsFriend, 4796 bool &IsExplicitSpecialization, 4797 bool &Invalid); 4798 4799 DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 4800 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4801 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 4802 AttributeList *Attr, 4803 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, 4804 AccessSpecifier AS, 4805 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 4806 unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists, 4807 TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists); 4808 4809 void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In, 4810 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out); 4811 4812 void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name); 4813 4814 QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template, 4815 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4816 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs); 4817 4818 TypeResult 4819 ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4820 TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4821 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4822 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4823 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4824 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false); 4825 4826 /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id, 4827 /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>. 4828 TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK, 4829 TypeSpecifierType TagSpec, 4830 SourceLocation TagLoc, 4831 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4832 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4833 TemplateTy TemplateD, 4834 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4835 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4836 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn, 4837 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4838 4839 4840 ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4841 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4842 LookupResult &R, 4843 bool RequiresADL, 4844 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 4845 4846 ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4847 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4848 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 4849 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 4850 4851 TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S, 4852 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4853 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4854 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4855 ParsedType ObjectType, 4856 bool EnteringContext, 4857 TemplateTy &Template); 4858 4859 DeclResult 4860 ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 4861 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4862 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 4863 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4864 TemplateTy Template, 4865 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4866 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4867 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4868 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4869 AttributeList *Attr, 4870 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 4871 4872 Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S, 4873 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4874 Declarator &D); 4875 4876 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionTemplateDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 4877 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4878 Declarator &D); 4879 4880 bool 4881 CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc, 4882 TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK, 4883 NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 4884 TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK, 4885 SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation, 4886 bool &SuppressNew); 4887 4888 bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 4889 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 4890 LookupResult &Previous); 4891 4892 bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 4893 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 4894 LookupResult &Previous); 4895 bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous); 4896 4897 DeclResult 4898 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4899 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4900 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4901 unsigned TagSpec, 4902 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4903 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4904 TemplateTy Template, 4905 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4906 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4907 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4908 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4909 AttributeList *Attr); 4910 4911 DeclResult 4912 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4913 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4914 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4915 unsigned TagSpec, 4916 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4917 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4918 IdentifierInfo *Name, 4919 SourceLocation NameLoc, 4920 AttributeList *Attr); 4921 4922 DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4923 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4924 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4925 Declarator &D); 4926 4927 TemplateArgumentLoc 4928 SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template, 4929 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4930 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4931 Decl *Param, 4932 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 4933 4934 /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template 4935 /// argument is being checked. 4936 enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind { 4937 /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was 4938 /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments. 4939 CTAK_Specified, 4940 4941 /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument 4942 /// deduction. 4943 CTAK_Deduced, 4944 4945 /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound 4946 /// via template argument deduction. 4947 CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound 4948 }; 4949 4950 bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param, 4951 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 4952 NamedDecl *Template, 4953 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4954 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4955 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex, 4956 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 4957 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 4958 4959 /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to 4960 /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way. 4961 /// 4962 /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being 4963 /// provided. 4964 /// 4965 /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source. 4966 /// 4967 /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is 4968 /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of 4969 /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template 4970 /// arguments. 4971 /// 4972 /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is 4973 /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial 4974 /// set of template arguments. 4975 /// 4976 /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template 4977 /// arguments. 4978 /// 4979 /// 4980 /// \param ExpansionIntoFixedList If non-NULL, will be set true to indicate 4981 /// when the template arguments contain a pack expansion that is being 4982 /// expanded into a fixed parameter list. 4983 /// 4984 /// \returns True if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4985 bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template, 4986 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4987 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs, 4988 bool PartialTemplateArgs, 4989 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 4990 bool *ExpansionIntoFixedList = 0); 4991 4992 bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 4993 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 4994 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 4995 4996 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 4997 TypeSourceInfo *Arg); 4998 ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 4999 QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg, 5000 TemplateArgument &Converted, 5001 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 5002 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5003 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 5004 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex); 5005 5006 ExprResult 5007 BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 5008 QualType ParamType, 5009 SourceLocation Loc); 5010 ExprResult 5011 BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 5012 SourceLocation Loc); 5013 5014 /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared 5015 /// for equality. 5016 enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind { 5017 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates 5018 /// that might be redeclarations. 5019 /// 5020 /// \code 5021 /// template<typename T> struct X; 5022 /// template<typename T> struct X; 5023 /// \endcode 5024 TPL_TemplateMatch, 5025 5026 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template 5027 /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists 5028 /// of two templates that might be redeclarations. 5029 /// 5030 /// \code 5031 /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X; 5032 /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X; 5033 /// \endcode 5034 TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch, 5035 5036 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template 5037 /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template 5038 /// template parameter. 5039 /// 5040 /// \code 5041 /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X; 5042 /// template<int Value> struct integer_c; 5043 /// X<integer_c> xic; 5044 /// \endcode 5045 TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch 5046 }; 5047 5048 bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New, 5049 TemplateParameterList *Old, 5050 bool Complain, 5051 TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind, 5052 SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc 5053 = SourceLocation()); 5054 5055 bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams); 5056 5057 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 5058 /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type". 5059 /// 5060 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 5061 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 5062 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 5063 /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example). 5064 /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier. 5065 TypeResult 5066 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 5067 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II, 5068 SourceLocation IdLoc); 5069 5070 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 5071 /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g., 5072 /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>". 5073 /// 5074 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 5075 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 5076 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 5077 /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 5078 /// \param TemplateName The template name. 5079 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 5080 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 5081 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 5082 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 5083 TypeResult 5084 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 5085 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5086 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5087 TemplateTy TemplateName, 5088 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 5089 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5090 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 5091 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 5092 5093 QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 5094 SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 5095 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 5096 const IdentifierInfo &II, 5097 SourceLocation IILoc); 5098 5099 TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5100 SourceLocation Loc, 5101 DeclarationName Name); 5102 bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 5103 5104 ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E); 5105 bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation( 5106 TemplateParameterList *Params); 5107 5108 std::string 5109 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 5110 const TemplateArgumentList &Args); 5111 5112 std::string 5113 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 5114 const TemplateArgument *Args, 5115 unsigned NumArgs); 5116 5117 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5118 // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic]) 5119 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5120 5121 /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is 5122 /// being diagnosed. 5123 /// 5124 /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first 5125 /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic. 5126 enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext { 5127 /// \brief An arbitrary expression. 5128 UPPC_Expression = 0, 5129 5130 /// \brief The base type of a class type. 5131 UPPC_BaseType, 5132 5133 /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration. 5134 UPPC_DeclarationType, 5135 5136 /// \brief The type of a data member. 5137 UPPC_DataMemberType, 5138 5139 /// \brief The size of a bit-field. 5140 UPPC_BitFieldWidth, 5141 5142 /// \brief The expression in a static assertion. 5143 UPPC_StaticAssertExpression, 5144 5145 /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration. 5146 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType, 5147 5148 /// \brief The enumerator value. 5149 UPPC_EnumeratorValue, 5150 5151 /// \brief A using declaration. 5152 UPPC_UsingDeclaration, 5153 5154 /// \brief A friend declaration. 5155 UPPC_FriendDeclaration, 5156 5157 /// \brief A declaration qualifier. 5158 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier, 5159 5160 /// \brief An initializer. 5161 UPPC_Initializer, 5162 5163 /// \brief A default argument. 5164 UPPC_DefaultArgument, 5165 5166 /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter. 5167 UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType, 5168 5169 /// \brief The type of an exception. 5170 UPPC_ExceptionType, 5171 5172 /// \brief Partial specialization. 5173 UPPC_PartialSpecialization, 5174 5175 /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists. 5176 UPPC_IfExists, 5177 5178 /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists. 5179 UPPC_IfNotExists, 5180 5181 /// \brief Lambda expression. 5182 UPPC_Lambda, 5183 5184 /// \brief Block expression, 5185 UPPC_Block 5186}; 5187 5188 /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs. 5189 /// 5190 /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic. 5191 /// 5192 /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded 5193 /// parameter packs. 5194 /// 5195 /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs. 5196 /// 5197 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5198 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc, 5199 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC, 5200 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded); 5201 5202 /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5203 /// diagnose the error. 5204 /// 5205 /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted. 5206 /// 5207 /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter 5208 /// packs. 5209 /// 5210 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5211 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T, 5212 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5213 5214 /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter 5215 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5216 /// 5217 /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded 5218 /// parameter packs. 5219 /// 5220 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5221 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E, 5222 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression); 5223 5224 /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded 5225 /// parameter pack, diagnose the error. 5226 /// 5227 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for 5228 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5229 /// 5230 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5231 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5232 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5233 5234 /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5235 /// diagnose the error. 5236 /// 5237 /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that 5238 /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs. 5239 /// 5240 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5241 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5242 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5243 5244 /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5245 /// diagnose the error. 5246 /// 5247 /// \param Loc The location of the template name. 5248 /// 5249 /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded 5250 /// parameter packs. 5251 /// 5252 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5253 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, 5254 TemplateName Template, 5255 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5256 5257 /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter 5258 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5259 /// 5260 /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded 5261 /// parameter packs. 5262 /// 5263 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5264 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5265 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5266 5267 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5268 /// template argument. 5269 /// 5270 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5271 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5272 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg, 5273 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5274 5275 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5276 /// template argument. 5277 /// 5278 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5279 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5280 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5281 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5282 5283 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5284 /// type. 5285 /// 5286 /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find 5287 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5288 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T, 5289 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5290 5291 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5292 /// type. 5293 /// 5294 /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find 5295 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5296 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL, 5297 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5298 5299 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5300 /// nested-name-specifier. 5301 /// 5302 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find 5303 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5304 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5305 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5306 5307 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5308 /// name. 5309 /// 5310 /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find 5311 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5312 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5313 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5314 5315 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an 5316 /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion. 5317 /// 5318 /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which 5319 /// may already be invalid. 5320 /// 5321 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5322 ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg, 5323 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5324 5325 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which 5326 /// creates a pack expansion. 5327 /// 5328 /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5329 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5330 /// 5331 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5332 TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5333 5334 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5335 /// expansion. 5336 TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern, 5337 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5338 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5339 5340 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5341 /// expansion. 5342 QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern, 5343 SourceRange PatternRange, 5344 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5345 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5346 5347 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5348 /// creates a pack expansion. 5349 /// 5350 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5351 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5352 /// 5353 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5354 ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5355 5356 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5357 /// creates a pack expansion. 5358 /// 5359 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5360 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5361 /// 5362 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5363 ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5364 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5365 5366 /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the 5367 /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly 5368 /// transforming the pattern. 5369 /// 5370 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the 5371 /// pack expansion. 5372 /// 5373 /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of 5374 /// the pack expansion. 5375 /// 5376 /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the 5377 /// pattern. 5378 /// 5379 /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should 5380 /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When 5381 /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set. 5382 /// 5383 /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded 5384 /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used 5385 /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per 5386 /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9. 5387 /// 5388 /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in 5389 /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an 5390 /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the 5391 /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution) 5392 /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known. 5393 /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may 5394 /// set this value in other cases. 5395 /// 5396 /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs 5397 /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false 5398 /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions) 5399 /// must be set. 5400 bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5401 SourceRange PatternRange, 5402 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded, 5403 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5404 bool &ShouldExpand, 5405 bool &RetainExpansion, 5406 Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions); 5407 5408 /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion 5409 /// type. 5410 /// 5411 /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is 5412 /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern. 5413 /// 5414 /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded. 5415 Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T, 5416 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5417 5418 /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded 5419 /// parameter packs. 5420 /// 5421 /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators 5422 /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g., 5423 /// 5424 /// \code 5425 /// void f(T...); 5426 /// \endcode 5427 /// 5428 /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or 5429 /// a variadic function. 5430 /// 5431 /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs, 5432 /// false otherwise. 5433 bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D); 5434 5435 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5436 // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct]) 5437 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5438 5439 /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction. 5440 /// 5441 /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of 5442 /// template argument deduction, as returned from 5443 /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo 5444 /// structure provides additional information about the results of 5445 /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument 5446 /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or 5447 /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure. 5448 enum TemplateDeductionResult { 5449 /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful. 5450 TDK_Success = 0, 5451 /// \brief The declaration was invalid; do nothing. 5452 TDK_Invalid, 5453 /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template 5454 /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed). 5455 TDK_InstantiationDepth, 5456 /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value 5457 /// for every template parameter. 5458 TDK_Incomplete, 5459 /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent 5460 /// deduced values for the given template parameter. 5461 TDK_Inconsistent, 5462 /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent 5463 /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would 5464 /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T" 5465 /// but were given a non-const "X". 5466 TDK_Underqualified, 5467 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values 5468 /// resulted in an error. 5469 TDK_SubstitutionFailure, 5470 /// \brief A non-depnedent component of the parameter did not match the 5471 /// corresponding component of the argument. 5472 TDK_NonDeducedMismatch, 5473 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5474 /// template, there were too many call arguments. 5475 TDK_TooManyArguments, 5476 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5477 /// template, there were too few call arguments. 5478 TDK_TooFewArguments, 5479 /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid 5480 /// template arguments for the given template. 5481 TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments, 5482 /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could 5483 /// not be resolved to a suitable function. 5484 TDK_FailedOverloadResolution, 5485 /// \brief Deduction failed; that's all we know. 5486 TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure 5487 }; 5488 5489 TemplateDeductionResult 5490 DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial, 5491 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5492 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5493 5494 TemplateDeductionResult 5495 SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5496 TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5497 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5498 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 5499 QualType *FunctionType, 5500 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5501 5502 /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument 5503 // deduction for a call. 5504 struct OriginalCallArg { 5505 OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType, 5506 unsigned ArgIdx, 5507 QualType OriginalArgType) 5508 : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx), 5509 OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { } 5510 5511 QualType OriginalParamType; 5512 unsigned ArgIdx; 5513 QualType OriginalArgType; 5514 }; 5515 5516 TemplateDeductionResult 5517 FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5518 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5519 unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified, 5520 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5521 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 5522 SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = 0); 5523 5524 TemplateDeductionResult 5525 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5526 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5527 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 5528 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5529 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5530 5531 TemplateDeductionResult 5532 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5533 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5534 QualType ArgFunctionType, 5535 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5536 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5537 5538 TemplateDeductionResult 5539 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5540 QualType ToType, 5541 CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization, 5542 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5543 5544 TemplateDeductionResult 5545 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5546 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5547 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5548 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5549 5550 /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType. 5551 enum DeduceAutoResult { 5552 DAR_Succeeded, 5553 DAR_Failed, 5554 DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed 5555 }; 5556 5557 DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer, 5558 TypeSourceInfo *&Result); 5559 void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init); 5560 5561 FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1, 5562 FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2, 5563 SourceLocation Loc, 5564 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5565 unsigned NumCallArguments); 5566 UnresolvedSetIterator getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, 5567 UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd, 5568 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5569 unsigned NumCallArguments, 5570 SourceLocation Loc, 5571 const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag, 5572 const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag, 5573 const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag, 5574 bool Complain = true, 5575 QualType TargetType = QualType()); 5576 5577 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl * 5578 getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization( 5579 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1, 5580 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, 5581 SourceLocation Loc); 5582 5583 void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5584 bool OnlyDeduced, 5585 unsigned Depth, 5586 llvm::SmallBitVector &Used); 5587 void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters( 5588 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5589 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) { 5590 return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced); 5591 } 5592 static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx, 5593 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5594 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced); 5595 5596 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5597 // C++ Template Instantiation 5598 // 5599 5600 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D, 5601 const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = 0, 5602 bool RelativeToPrimary = false, 5603 const FunctionDecl *Pattern = 0); 5604 5605 /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress. 5606 struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation { 5607 /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing 5608 enum InstantiationKind { 5609 /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is 5610 /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl). 5611 TemplateInstantiation, 5612 5613 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template 5614 /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and 5615 /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template 5616 /// arguments as specified. 5617 /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList 5618 DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation, 5619 5620 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function. 5621 /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs 5622 /// provides the template arguments as specified. 5623 DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation, 5624 5625 /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for 5626 /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5627 ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5628 5629 /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of 5630 /// template argument deduction for either a class template 5631 /// partial specialization or a function template. The 5632 /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or 5633 /// a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5634 DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5635 5636 /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new 5637 /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a 5638 /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl. 5639 PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5640 5641 /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that 5642 /// has been used when naming a template-id. 5643 DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking, 5644 5645 /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function 5646 /// template which was deferred until it was needed. 5647 ExceptionSpecInstantiation 5648 } Kind; 5649 5650 /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code. 5651 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation; 5652 5653 /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are 5654 /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template 5655 /// arguments. 5656 NamedDecl *Template; 5657 5658 /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated. 5659 Decl *Entity; 5660 5661 /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they 5662 /// are not part of the entity. 5663 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs; 5664 5665 /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs. 5666 unsigned NumTemplateArgs; 5667 5668 /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the 5669 /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments. 5670 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo; 5671 5672 /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause 5673 /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class 5674 /// template instantiation. 5675 SourceRange InstantiationRange; 5676 5677 ActiveTemplateInstantiation() 5678 : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(0), Entity(0), TemplateArgs(0), 5679 NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(0) {} 5680 5681 /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation 5682 /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth. 5683 bool isInstantiationRecord() const; 5684 5685 friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5686 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5687 if (X.Kind != Y.Kind) 5688 return false; 5689 5690 if (X.Entity != Y.Entity) 5691 return false; 5692 5693 switch (X.Kind) { 5694 case TemplateInstantiation: 5695 case ExceptionSpecInstantiation: 5696 return true; 5697 5698 case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5699 case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking: 5700 if (X.Template != Y.Template) 5701 return false; 5702 5703 // Fall through 5704 5705 case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation: 5706 case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5707 case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5708 case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation: 5709 return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs; 5710 5711 } 5712 5713 llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!"); 5714 } 5715 5716 friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5717 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5718 return !(X == Y); 5719 } 5720 }; 5721 5722 /// \brief List of active template instantiations. 5723 /// 5724 /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation 5725 /// requires another template instantiation, additional 5726 /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a 5727 /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth. 5728 SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16> 5729 ActiveTemplateInstantiations; 5730 5731 /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with 5732 /// template instantiation. 5733 /// 5734 /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside 5735 /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction. 5736 bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5737 5738 /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in 5739 /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and, 5740 /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth. 5741 unsigned NonInstantiationEntries; 5742 5743 /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation 5744 /// error or warning was produced. 5745 /// 5746 /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template 5747 /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the 5748 /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough 5749 /// to implement it anywhere else. 5750 ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext; 5751 5752 /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be 5753 /// used for substitution of parameter packs. 5754 /// 5755 /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs 5756 /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies 5757 /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution. 5758 int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex; 5759 5760 /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index 5761 /// within a \c Sema object. 5762 /// 5763 /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information. 5764 class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII { 5765 Sema &Self; 5766 int OldSubstitutionIndex; 5767 5768 public: 5769 ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex) 5770 : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) { 5771 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex; 5772 } 5773 5774 ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() { 5775 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex; 5776 } 5777 }; 5778 5779 friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII; 5780 5781 /// \brief The stack of calls expression undergoing template instantiation. 5782 /// 5783 /// The top of this stack is used by a fixit instantiating unresolved 5784 /// function calls to fix the AST to match the textual change it prints. 5785 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> CallsUndergoingInstantiation; 5786 5787 /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the 5788 /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument 5789 /// deduction. 5790 /// 5791 /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file. 5792 llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> > 5793 SuppressedDiagnostics; 5794 5795 /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template 5796 /// instantiation. 5797 /// 5798 /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate 5799 /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active 5800 /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum 5801 /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction 5802 /// produces an error and evaluates true. 5803 /// 5804 /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off 5805 /// the stack. 5806 struct InstantiatingTemplate { 5807 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template, 5808 /// function template, or a member thereof. 5809 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5810 Decl *Entity, 5811 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5812 5813 struct ExceptionSpecification {}; 5814 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification 5815 /// of a function template. 5816 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5817 FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification, 5818 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5819 5820 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 5821 /// template-id. 5822 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5823 TemplateDecl *Template, 5824 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5825 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5826 5827 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 5828 /// template-id. 5829 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5830 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5831 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5832 ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind, 5833 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 5834 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5835 5836 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template 5837 /// argument deduction for a class template partial 5838 /// specialization. 5839 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5840 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec, 5841 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5842 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 5843 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5844 5845 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5846 ParmVarDecl *Param, 5847 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5848 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5849 5850 /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a 5851 /// non-type or template template parameter. 5852 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5853 NamedDecl *Template, 5854 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5855 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5856 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5857 5858 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5859 NamedDecl *Template, 5860 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5861 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5862 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5863 5864 /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument 5865 /// against the template parameter for a given template-id. 5866 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5867 TemplateDecl *Template, 5868 NamedDecl *Param, 5869 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5870 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5871 5872 5873 /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template. 5874 void Clear(); 5875 5876 ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); } 5877 5878 /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum 5879 /// recursive template instantiations. 5880 operator bool() const { return Invalid; } 5881 5882 private: 5883 Sema &SemaRef; 5884 bool Invalid; 5885 bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5886 bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5887 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5888 5889 InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 5890 5891 InstantiatingTemplate& 5892 operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 5893 }; 5894 5895 void PrintInstantiationStack(); 5896 5897 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where 5898 /// template argument substitution failures are not considered 5899 /// errors. 5900 /// 5901 /// \returns An empty \c Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context. 5902 /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest 5903 /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture 5904 /// diagnostics that will be suppressed. 5905 Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const; 5906 5907 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context that 5908 /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5. 5909 bool isUnevaluatedContext() const { 5910 assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() && 5911 "Must be in an expression evaluation context"); 5912 return ExprEvalContexts.back().Context == Sema::Unevaluated; 5913 } 5914 5915 /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has 5916 /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument 5917 /// deduction.` 5918 class SFINAETrap { 5919 Sema &SemaRef; 5920 unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors; 5921 bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5922 bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 5923 5924 public: 5925 explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false) 5926 : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors), 5927 PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext( 5928 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext), 5929 PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE) 5930 { 5931 if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext()) 5932 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true; 5933 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE; 5934 } 5935 5936 ~SFINAETrap() { 5937 SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors; 5938 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext 5939 = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5940 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 5941 } 5942 5943 /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped. 5944 bool hasErrorOccurred() const { 5945 return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors; 5946 } 5947 }; 5948 5949 /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local 5950 /// variables. 5951 LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope; 5952 5953 /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo. 5954 unsigned TyposCorrected; 5955 5956 typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, TypoCorrection> 5957 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap; 5958 5959 /// \brief A cache containing the results of typo correction for unqualified 5960 /// name lookup. 5961 /// 5962 /// The string is the string that we corrected to (which may be empty, if 5963 /// there was no correction), while the boolean will be true when the 5964 /// string represents a keyword. 5965 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap UnqualifiedTyposCorrected; 5966 5967 /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings. 5968 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings; 5969 5970 /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required. 5971 /// 5972 /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in 5973 /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily 5974 /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the 5975 /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation), 5976 /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to, 5977 /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation. 5978 typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation; 5979 5980 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 5981 /// but have not yet been performed. 5982 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations; 5983 5984 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 5985 /// and must be performed within the current local scope. 5986 /// 5987 /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in 5988 /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their 5989 /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local 5990 /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc. 5991 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations; 5992 5993 void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false); 5994 5995 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5996 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5997 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 5998 5999 QualType SubstType(QualType T, 6000 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6001 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 6002 6003 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL, 6004 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6005 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 6006 6007 TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 6008 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6009 SourceLocation Loc, 6010 DeclarationName Entity, 6011 CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext, 6012 unsigned ThisTypeQuals); 6013 ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D, 6014 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6015 int indexAdjustment, 6016 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions, 6017 bool ExpectParameterPack); 6018 bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc, 6019 ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 6020 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6021 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 6022 SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = 0); 6023 ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E, 6024 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6025 6026 /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of 6027 /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required. 6028 /// 6029 /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into. 6030 /// 6031 /// \param NumExprs The number of expressions in \p Exprs. 6032 /// 6033 /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case 6034 /// default arguments will be dropped. 6035 /// 6036 /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute. 6037 /// 6038 /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments. 6039 /// 6040 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 6041 bool SubstExprs(Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs, bool IsCall, 6042 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6043 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs); 6044 6045 StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S, 6046 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6047 6048 Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner, 6049 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6050 6051 ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E, 6052 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6053 bool CXXDirectInit); 6054 6055 bool 6056 SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 6057 CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 6058 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6059 6060 bool 6061 InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6062 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 6063 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6064 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 6065 bool Complain = true); 6066 6067 bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6068 EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern, 6069 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6070 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6071 6072 struct LateInstantiatedAttribute { 6073 const Attr *TmplAttr; 6074 LocalInstantiationScope *Scope; 6075 Decl *NewDecl; 6076 6077 LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S, 6078 Decl *D) 6079 : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D) 6080 { } 6081 }; 6082 typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec; 6083 6084 void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6085 const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst, 6086 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0, 6087 LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = 0); 6088 6089 bool 6090 InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6091 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 6092 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 6093 bool Complain = true); 6094 6095 void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6096 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 6097 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6098 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6099 6100 void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers( 6101 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6102 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 6103 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6104 6105 NestedNameSpecifierLoc 6106 SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, 6107 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6108 6109 DeclarationNameInfo 6110 SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 6111 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6112 TemplateName 6113 SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name, 6114 SourceLocation Loc, 6115 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6116 bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs, 6117 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result, 6118 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6119 6120 void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6121 FunctionDecl *Function); 6122 void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6123 FunctionDecl *Function, 6124 bool Recursive = false, 6125 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 6126 void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition( 6127 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6128 VarDecl *Var, 6129 bool Recursive = false, 6130 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 6131 6132 void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New, 6133 const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl, 6134 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6135 6136 NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D, 6137 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6138 DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC, 6139 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6140 6141 // Objective-C declarations. 6142 enum ObjCContainerKind { 6143 OCK_None = -1, 6144 OCK_Interface = 0, 6145 OCK_Protocol, 6146 OCK_Category, 6147 OCK_ClassExtension, 6148 OCK_Implementation, 6149 OCK_CategoryImplementation 6150 }; 6151 ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const; 6152 6153 Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 6154 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6155 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6156 IdentifierInfo *SuperName, 6157 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6158 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 6159 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6160 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6161 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 6162 AttributeList *AttrList); 6163 6164 Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias( 6165 SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc, 6166 IdentifierInfo *AliasName, SourceLocation AliasLocation, 6167 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation); 6168 6169 bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency( 6170 IdentifierInfo *PName, 6171 SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc, 6172 const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList); 6173 6174 Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface( 6175 SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc, 6176 IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc, 6177 Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6178 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6179 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 6180 AttributeList *AttrList); 6181 6182 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 6183 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6184 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6185 IdentifierInfo *CategoryName, 6186 SourceLocation CategoryLoc, 6187 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 6188 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6189 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6190 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc); 6191 6192 Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation( 6193 SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc, 6194 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6195 IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname, 6196 SourceLocation SuperClassLoc); 6197 6198 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc, 6199 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6200 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6201 IdentifierInfo *CatName, 6202 SourceLocation CatLoc); 6203 6204 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 6205 ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls); 6206 6207 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc, 6208 IdentifierInfo **IdentList, 6209 SourceLocation *IdentLocs, 6210 unsigned NumElts); 6211 6212 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc, 6213 const IdentifierLocPair *IdentList, 6214 unsigned NumElts, 6215 AttributeList *attrList); 6216 6217 void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations, 6218 const IdentifierLocPair *ProtocolId, 6219 unsigned NumProtocols, 6220 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols); 6221 6222 /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type. 6223 /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will 6224 /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy. 6225 void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy, 6226 SourceLocation Loc, 6227 unsigned &Attributes, 6228 bool propertyInPrimaryClass); 6229 6230 /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the 6231 /// setters and getters as needed. 6232 /// \param property The property declaration being processed 6233 /// \param CD The semantic container for the property 6234 /// \param redeclaredProperty Declaration for property if redeclared 6235 /// in class extension. 6236 /// \param lexicalDC Container for redeclaredProperty. 6237 void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property, 6238 ObjCContainerDecl *CD, 6239 ObjCPropertyDecl *redeclaredProperty = 0, 6240 ObjCContainerDecl *lexicalDC = 0); 6241 6242 6243 void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property, 6244 ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty, 6245 const IdentifierInfo *Name); 6246 6247 void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT, 6248 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID); 6249 6250 void MatchOneProtocolPropertiesInClass(Decl *CDecl, 6251 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl); 6252 6253 Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd, 6254 Decl **allMethods = 0, unsigned allNum = 0, 6255 Decl **allProperties = 0, unsigned pNum = 0, 6256 DeclGroupPtrTy *allTUVars = 0, unsigned tuvNum = 0); 6257 6258 Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc, 6259 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6260 FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS, 6261 Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel, 6262 bool *OverridingProperty, 6263 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6264 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 6265 6266 Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S, 6267 SourceLocation AtLoc, 6268 SourceLocation PropertyLoc, 6269 bool ImplKind, 6270 IdentifierInfo *PropertyId, 6271 IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar, 6272 SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc); 6273 6274 enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind { 6275 OSMK_None, 6276 OSMK_Alloc, 6277 OSMK_New, 6278 OSMK_Copy, 6279 OSMK_RetainingInit, 6280 OSMK_NonRetainingInit 6281 }; 6282 6283 struct ObjCArgInfo { 6284 IdentifierInfo *Name; 6285 SourceLocation NameLoc; 6286 // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid 6287 // in this case. 6288 ParsedType Type; 6289 ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec; 6290 6291 /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument. 6292 AttributeList *ArgAttrs; 6293 }; 6294 6295 Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration( 6296 Scope *S, 6297 SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -. 6298 SourceLocation EndLoc, // location of the ; or {. 6299 tok::TokenKind MethodType, 6300 ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType, 6301 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel, 6302 // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained 6303 // from the Sel.getNumArgs(). 6304 ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo, 6305 DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args 6306 AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6307 bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition); 6308 6309 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel, 6310 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6311 bool IsInstance); 6312 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty, 6313 bool IsInstance); 6314 6315 bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl); 6316 6317 ExprResult 6318 HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6319 Expr *BaseExpr, 6320 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6321 DeclarationName MemberName, 6322 SourceLocation MemberLoc, 6323 SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType, 6324 bool Super); 6325 6326 ExprResult 6327 ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName, 6328 IdentifierInfo &propertyName, 6329 SourceLocation receiverNameLoc, 6330 SourceLocation propertyNameLoc); 6331 6332 ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc); 6333 6334 /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message 6335 /// send that starts with an identifier. 6336 enum ObjCMessageKind { 6337 /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'. 6338 ObjCSuperMessage, 6339 /// \brief The message is an instance message. 6340 ObjCInstanceMessage, 6341 /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type 6342 /// name. 6343 ObjCClassMessage 6344 }; 6345 6346 ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S, 6347 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6348 SourceLocation NameLoc, 6349 bool IsSuper, 6350 bool HasTrailingDot, 6351 ParsedType &ReceiverType); 6352 6353 ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6354 Selector Sel, 6355 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6356 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6357 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6358 MultiExprArg Args); 6359 6360 ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo, 6361 QualType ReceiverType, 6362 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6363 Selector Sel, 6364 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6365 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6366 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6367 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6368 MultiExprArg Args, 6369 bool isImplicit = false); 6370 6371 ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType, 6372 bool isSuperReceiver, 6373 SourceLocation Loc, 6374 Selector Sel, 6375 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6376 MultiExprArg Args); 6377 6378 ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S, 6379 ParsedType Receiver, 6380 Selector Sel, 6381 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6382 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6383 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6384 MultiExprArg Args); 6385 6386 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver, 6387 QualType ReceiverType, 6388 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6389 Selector Sel, 6390 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6391 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6392 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6393 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6394 MultiExprArg Args, 6395 bool isImplicit = false); 6396 6397 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver, 6398 QualType ReceiverType, 6399 SourceLocation Loc, 6400 Selector Sel, 6401 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6402 MultiExprArg Args); 6403 6404 ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S, 6405 Expr *Receiver, 6406 Selector Sel, 6407 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6408 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6409 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6410 MultiExprArg Args); 6411 6412 ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6413 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6414 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6415 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 6416 Expr *SubExpr); 6417 6418 ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S, 6419 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6420 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6421 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6422 ParsedType Type, 6423 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 6424 Expr *SubExpr); 6425 6426 bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall); 6427 6428 /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the 6429 /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited. 6430 void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod, 6431 const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden); 6432 6433 /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method. 6434 enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind { 6435 RTC_Compatible, 6436 RTC_Incompatible, 6437 RTC_Unknown 6438 }; 6439 6440 void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod, 6441 ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass, 6442 ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC); 6443 6444 enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind { 6445 POAK_Native, // #pragma options align=native 6446 POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural 6447 POAK_Packed, // #pragma options align=packed 6448 POAK_Power, // #pragma options align=power 6449 POAK_Mac68k, // #pragma options align=mac68k 6450 POAK_Reset // #pragma options align=reset 6451 }; 6452 6453 /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align. 6454 void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind, 6455 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6456 6457 enum PragmaPackKind { 6458 PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n]) 6459 PPK_Show, // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC. 6460 PPK_Push, // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n]) 6461 PPK_Pop // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n]) 6462 }; 6463 6464 enum PragmaMSStructKind { 6465 PMSST_OFF, // #pragms ms_struct off 6466 PMSST_ON // #pragms ms_struct on 6467 }; 6468 6469 /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...). 6470 void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind, 6471 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6472 Expr *Alignment, 6473 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6474 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6475 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 6476 6477 /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off]. 6478 void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind); 6479 6480 /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'. 6481 void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier, 6482 Scope *curScope, 6483 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6484 6485 /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... . 6486 void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType, 6487 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6488 6489 NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II, 6490 SourceLocation Loc); 6491 void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W); 6492 6493 /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident. 6494 void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6495 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6496 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc); 6497 6498 /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed 6499 /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname. 6500 void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6501 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6502 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6503 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6504 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6505 6506 /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident. 6507 void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6508 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6509 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6510 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6511 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6512 6513 /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed 6514 /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT 6515 void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS); 6516 6517 /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to 6518 /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'. 6519 void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6520 6521 /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record. 6522 void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6523 6524 /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext. 6525 void FreePackedContext(); 6526 6527 /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a 6528 /// namespace with a visibility attribute. 6529 void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr, 6530 SourceLocation Loc); 6531 6532 /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used, 6533 /// add an appropriate visibility attribute. 6534 void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD); 6535 6536 /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used 6537 /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces. 6538 void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc); 6539 6540 /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext. 6541 void FreeVisContext(); 6542 6543 /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within 6544 /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding 6545 /// the appropriate attribute. 6546 void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D); 6547 6548 /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration. 6549 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E, 6550 unsigned SpellingListIndex); 6551 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T, 6552 unsigned SpellingListIndex); 6553 6554 /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed. 6555 enum CheckedConversionKind { 6556 /// \brief An implicit conversion. 6557 CCK_ImplicitConversion, 6558 /// \brief A C-style cast. 6559 CCK_CStyleCast, 6560 /// \brief A functional-style cast. 6561 CCK_FunctionalCast, 6562 /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast. 6563 CCK_OtherCast 6564 }; 6565 6566 /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit 6567 /// cast. If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one. 6568 /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue. 6569 ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK, 6570 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue, 6571 const CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 6572 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6573 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6574 6575 /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding 6576 /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type. 6577 static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy); 6578 6579 /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is 6580 /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are 6581 /// required. 6582 ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E); 6583 6584 // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts 6585 // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6586 ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E); 6587 6588 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays 6589 // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6590 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E); 6591 6592 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and 6593 // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the 6594 // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion. 6595 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6596 6597 // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on 6598 // the operand. This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, 6599 // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array 6600 // type. 6601 ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6602 6603 // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that 6604 // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each 6605 // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double. 6606 ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E); 6607 6608 // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion 6609 enum VariadicCallType { 6610 VariadicFunction, 6611 VariadicBlock, 6612 VariadicMethod, 6613 VariadicConstructor, 6614 VariadicDoesNotApply 6615 }; 6616 6617 VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 6618 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 6619 Expr *Fn); 6620 6621 // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a 6622 // vararg function. 6623 enum VarArgKind { 6624 VAK_Valid, 6625 VAK_ValidInCXX11, 6626 VAK_Invalid 6627 }; 6628 6629 // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression. 6630 VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty); 6631 6632 /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various 6633 /// form of call prototypes. 6634 bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, 6635 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 6636 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 6637 unsigned FirstProtoArg, 6638 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 6639 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs, 6640 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply, 6641 bool AllowExplicit = false, 6642 bool IsListInitialization = false); 6643 6644 // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but 6645 // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type. 6646 ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT, 6647 FunctionDecl *FDecl); 6648 6649 /// Checks to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic 6650 /// function, issuing a diagnostic and returning NULL if not. 6651 bool variadicArgumentPODCheck(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT); 6652 6653 // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's 6654 // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary 6655 // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this 6656 // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is 6657 // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics. 6658 QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6659 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6660 6661 /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this 6662 /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed. These checks are 6663 /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from 6664 /// function, argument passing, etc. The query is phrased in terms of a 6665 /// source and destination type. 6666 enum AssignConvertType { 6667 /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard. 6668 Compatible, 6669 6670 /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we 6671 /// accept as an extension. 6672 PointerToInt, 6673 6674 /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we 6675 /// accept as an extension. 6676 IntToPointer, 6677 6678 /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and 6679 /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension. 6680 FunctionVoidPointer, 6681 6682 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that 6683 /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension. 6684 IncompatiblePointer, 6685 6686 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which 6687 /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise 6688 /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by 6689 /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers. 6690 IncompatiblePointerSign, 6691 6692 /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards 6693 /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension. 6694 CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6695 6696 /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment 6697 /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded, 6698 /// like address spaces. 6699 IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6700 6701 /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two 6702 /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two 6703 /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an 6704 /// extension. 6705 IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers, 6706 6707 /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that 6708 /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension. 6709 IncompatibleVectors, 6710 6711 /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block 6712 /// pointer. We disallow this. 6713 IntToBlockPointer, 6714 6715 /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block 6716 /// pointers types that are not compatible. 6717 IncompatibleBlockPointer, 6718 6719 /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified 6720 /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example, 6721 /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol. 6722 IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId, 6723 6724 /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an 6725 /// object with __weak qualifier. 6726 IncompatibleObjCWeakRef, 6727 6728 /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to 6729 /// represent it in the AST. 6730 Incompatible 6731 }; 6732 6733 /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the 6734 /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy. This returns true if the 6735 /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted. 6736 bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy, 6737 SourceLocation Loc, 6738 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 6739 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action, 6740 bool *Complained = 0); 6741 6742 /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant 6743 /// integer not in the range of enum values. 6744 void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 6745 Expr *SrcExpr); 6746 6747 /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment, 6748 /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values. 6749 /// C99 6.5.16. 6750 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc, 6751 QualType LHSType, 6752 QualType RHSType); 6753 6754 /// Check assignment constraints and prepare for a conversion of the 6755 /// RHS to the LHS type. 6756 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 6757 ExprResult &RHS, 6758 CastKind &Kind); 6759 6760 // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by 6761 // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking, 6762 // this routine performs the default function/array converions. 6763 AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 6764 ExprResult &RHS, 6765 bool Diagnose = true); 6766 6767 // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we 6768 // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression. 6769 AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, 6770 ExprResult &RHS); 6771 6772 bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 6773 6774 bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 6775 6776 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6777 AssignmentAction Action, 6778 bool AllowExplicit = false); 6779 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6780 AssignmentAction Action, 6781 bool AllowExplicit, 6782 ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS); 6783 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6784 const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS, 6785 AssignmentAction Action, 6786 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6787 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6788 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6789 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS, 6790 AssignmentAction Action, 6791 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 6792 6793 /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType 6794 /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued). 6795 6796 /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp). 6797 QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS, 6798 ExprResult &RHS); 6799 QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5 6800 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, 6801 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect); 6802 QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5 6803 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign, 6804 bool IsDivide); 6805 QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5 6806 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6807 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6808 QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 6809 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 6810 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 6811 QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 6812 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6813 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 6814 QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7 6815 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 6816 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6817 QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9 6818 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc, 6819 bool isRelational); 6820 QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12] 6821 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6822 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6823 QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14] 6824 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc); 6825 // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment. 6826 // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type. 6827 // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type. 6828 QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2] 6829 Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType); 6830 6831 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 6832 UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op); 6833 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 6834 BinaryOperatorKind Opcode, 6835 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 6836 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E); 6837 Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E); 6838 6839 QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15 6840 ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6841 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6842 QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16 6843 ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs, 6844 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc); 6845 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, 6846 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0); 6847 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, 6848 ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2, 6849 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0) { 6850 Expr *E1Tmp = E1.take(), *E2Tmp = E2.take(); 6851 QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp, 6852 NonStandardCompositeType); 6853 E1 = Owned(E1Tmp); 6854 E2 = Owned(E2Tmp); 6855 return Composite; 6856 } 6857 6858 QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6859 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6860 6861 bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr, 6862 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6863 6864 /// type checking for vector binary operators. 6865 QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6866 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign); 6867 QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V); 6868 QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6869 SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational); 6870 QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6871 SourceLocation Loc); 6872 6873 /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8) 6874 bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t); 6875 6876 // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]). 6877 6878 /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two 6879 /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the 6880 /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4). 6881 enum ReferenceCompareResult { 6882 /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct 6883 /// reference binding is not possible. 6884 Ref_Incompatible = 0, 6885 /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means 6886 /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same 6887 /// or T1 is a base class of T2. 6888 Ref_Related, 6889 /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are 6890 /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that 6891 /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1) 6892 /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2). 6893 Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification, 6894 /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and 6895 /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2). 6896 Ref_Compatible 6897 }; 6898 6899 ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc, 6900 QualType T1, QualType T2, 6901 bool &DerivedToBase, 6902 bool &ObjCConversion, 6903 bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 6904 6905 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType, 6906 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind, 6907 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path); 6908 6909 /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the 6910 /// given type. 6911 ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType); 6912 6913 /// \brief Handle an expression that's being passed to an 6914 /// __unknown_anytype parameter. 6915 /// 6916 /// \return the effective parameter type to use, or null if the 6917 /// argument is invalid. 6918 QualType checkUnknownAnyArg(Expr *&result); 6919 6920 // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors. 6921 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 6922 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size. 6923 // returns true if the cast is invalid 6924 bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty, 6925 CastKind &Kind); 6926 6927 // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors. 6928 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 6929 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size, 6930 // or vectors and the element type of that vector. 6931 // returns the cast expr 6932 ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr, 6933 CastKind &Kind); 6934 6935 ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6936 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6937 Expr *CastExpr, 6938 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 6939 6940 enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged }; 6941 6942 /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between 6943 /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds. 6944 ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange, 6945 QualType castType, Expr *&op, 6946 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 6947 6948 Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 6949 void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 6950 6951 bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType, 6952 QualType ExprType); 6953 6954 /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send 6955 /// might create an obvious retain cycle. 6956 void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg); 6957 void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument); 6958 void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init); 6959 6960 /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 6961 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type. 6962 bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS); 6963 6964 /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 6965 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression. 6966 void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 6967 6968 /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send. 6969 /// \param Method - May be null. 6970 /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send. 6971 /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types. 6972 bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType, 6973 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, Selector Sel, 6974 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6975 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage, 6976 bool isSuperMessage, 6977 SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac, 6978 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK); 6979 6980 /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on 6981 /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message, 6982 /// and the form of the message send. 6983 QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType, 6984 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6985 bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage); 6986 6987 /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method 6988 /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened. 6989 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E); 6990 6991 /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of 6992 /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if 6993 /// statement). Also performs the standard function and array 6994 /// decays, possibly changing the input variable. 6995 /// 6996 /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the 6997 /// 'if' keyword. 6998 /// \return true iff there were any errors 6999 ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 7000 7001 ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 7002 Expr *SubExpr); 7003 7004 /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is 7005 /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment. 7006 void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E); 7007 7008 /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate 7009 /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition. 7010 void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE); 7011 7012 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid. 7013 ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr); 7014 7015 /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have 7016 /// the specified width and sign. If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit 7017 /// the specified diagnostic. 7018 void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal, 7019 unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign, 7020 SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID); 7021 7022 /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope. 7023 /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared 7024 /// in the global scope. 7025 bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D); 7026 7027 /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant 7028 /// expression violations. 7029 class VerifyICEDiagnoser { 7030 public: 7031 bool Suppress; 7032 7033 VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { } 7034 7035 virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0; 7036 virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR); 7037 virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { } 7038 }; 7039 7040 /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE, 7041 /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success. 7042 /// Can optionally return the value of the expression. 7043 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 7044 VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 7045 bool AllowFold = true); 7046 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 7047 unsigned DiagID, 7048 bool AllowFold = true); 7049 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result=0); 7050 7051 /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has 7052 /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid. 7053 /// Returns false on success. 7054 /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0 7055 ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 7056 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth, 7057 bool *ZeroWidth = 0); 7058 7059 enum CUDAFunctionTarget { 7060 CFT_Device, 7061 CFT_Global, 7062 CFT_Host, 7063 CFT_HostDevice 7064 }; 7065 7066 CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D); 7067 7068 bool CheckCUDATarget(CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget, 7069 CUDAFunctionTarget CalleeTarget); 7070 7071 bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee) { 7072 return CheckCUDATarget(IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller), 7073 IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee)); 7074 } 7075 7076 /// \name Code completion 7077 //@{ 7078 /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs. 7079 enum ParserCompletionContext { 7080 /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context. 7081 PCC_Namespace, 7082 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union. 7083 PCC_Class, 7084 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol, 7085 /// or category. 7086 PCC_ObjCInterface, 7087 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or 7088 /// category implementation 7089 PCC_ObjCImplementation, 7090 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables 7091 /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation. 7092 PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList, 7093 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 7094 /// headers. 7095 PCC_Template, 7096 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 7097 /// headers within a class. 7098 PCC_MemberTemplate, 7099 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression. 7100 PCC_Expression, 7101 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may 7102 /// also be an expression or a declaration. 7103 PCC_Statement, 7104 /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the 7105 /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop. 7106 PCC_ForInit, 7107 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if, 7108 /// while, switch, or for statement. 7109 PCC_Condition, 7110 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a 7111 /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position 7112 /// in the grammar. 7113 PCC_RecoveryInFunction, 7114 /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted. 7115 PCC_Type, 7116 /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which 7117 /// might also be a type cast. 7118 PCC_ParenthesizedExpression, 7119 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration 7120 /// specifiers within a function, method, or block. 7121 PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers 7122 }; 7123 7124 void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path); 7125 void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S, 7126 ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext); 7127 void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 7128 bool AllowNonIdentifiers, 7129 bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers); 7130 7131 struct CodeCompleteExpressionData; 7132 void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, 7133 const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data); 7134 void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 7135 SourceLocation OpLoc, 7136 bool IsArrow); 7137 void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS); 7138 void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec); 7139 void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS); 7140 void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S); 7141 void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); 7142 void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D); 7143 void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S); 7144 void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S); 7145 void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS); 7146 7147 void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 7148 bool EnteringContext); 7149 void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S); 7150 void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S); 7151 void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S); 7152 void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S); 7153 void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S); 7154 void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(Decl *Constructor, 7155 CXXCtorInitializer** Initializers, 7156 unsigned NumInitializers); 7157 void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 7158 bool AfterAmpersand); 7159 7160 void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S); 7161 void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S); 7162 void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S); 7163 void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S); 7164 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS); 7165 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S); 7166 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S); 7167 void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS, 7168 bool IsParameter); 7169 void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S); 7170 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 7171 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7172 unsigned NumSelIdents, 7173 bool AtArgumentExpression); 7174 void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver, 7175 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7176 unsigned NumSelIdents, 7177 bool AtArgumentExpression, 7178 bool IsSuper = false); 7179 void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver, 7180 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7181 unsigned NumSelIdents, 7182 bool AtArgumentExpression, 7183 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = 0); 7184 void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S, 7185 DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar); 7186 void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S, 7187 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7188 unsigned NumSelIdents); 7189 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(IdentifierLocPair *Protocols, 7190 unsigned NumProtocols); 7191 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S); 7192 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S); 7193 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S, 7194 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7195 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7196 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S); 7197 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S, 7198 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7199 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7200 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S, 7201 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7202 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7203 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S); 7204 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S, 7205 IdentifierInfo *PropertyName); 7206 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S, 7207 bool IsInstanceMethod, 7208 ParsedType ReturnType); 7209 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S, 7210 bool IsInstanceMethod, 7211 bool AtParameterName, 7212 ParsedType ReturnType, 7213 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7214 unsigned NumSelIdents); 7215 void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional); 7216 void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S); 7217 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition); 7218 void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression(); 7219 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S, 7220 IdentifierInfo *Macro, 7221 MacroInfo *MacroInfo, 7222 unsigned Argument); 7223 void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage(); 7224 void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, 7225 CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, 7226 SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results); 7227 //@} 7228 7229 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7230 // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system 7231 7232public: 7233 SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL, 7234 unsigned ByteNo) const; 7235 7236private: 7237 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr, 7238 const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=0, 7239 bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false); 7240 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E); 7241 // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a 7242 // FunctionDeclaration. 7243 struct FormatStringInfo { 7244 unsigned FormatIdx; 7245 unsigned FirstDataArg; 7246 bool HasVAListArg; 7247 }; 7248 7249 bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember, 7250 FormatStringInfo *FSI); 7251 bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7252 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7253 bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc, 7254 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs); 7255 bool CheckBlockCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7256 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7257 void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 7258 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7259 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 7260 SourceLocation Loc); 7261 7262 void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7263 unsigned NumProtoArgs, bool IsMemberFunction, 7264 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 7265 VariadicCallType CallType); 7266 7267 7268 bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg); 7269 7270 ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7271 bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7272 bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7273 7274 bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall); 7275 bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall); 7276 bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs); 7277 7278public: 7279 // Used by C++ template instantiation. 7280 ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall); 7281 7282private: 7283 bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall); 7284 bool SemaBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *TheCall); 7285 bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall); 7286 ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult); 7287 ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult, 7288 AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op); 7289 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, 7290 llvm::APSInt &Result); 7291 7292 enum FormatStringType { 7293 FST_Scanf, 7294 FST_Printf, 7295 FST_NSString, 7296 FST_Strftime, 7297 FST_Strfmon, 7298 FST_Kprintf, 7299 FST_Unknown 7300 }; 7301 static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format); 7302 7303 enum StringLiteralCheckType { 7304 SLCT_NotALiteral, 7305 SLCT_UncheckedLiteral, 7306 SLCT_CheckedLiteral 7307 }; 7308 7309 StringLiteralCheckType checkFormatStringExpr(const Expr *E, 7310 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7311 bool HasVAListArg, 7312 unsigned format_idx, 7313 unsigned firstDataArg, 7314 FormatStringType Type, 7315 VariadicCallType CallType, 7316 bool inFunctionCall = true); 7317 7318 void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr, 7319 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, bool HasVAListArg, 7320 unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg, 7321 FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall, 7322 VariadicCallType CallType); 7323 7324 bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, 7325 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7326 bool IsCXXMember, 7327 VariadicCallType CallType, 7328 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range); 7329 bool CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7330 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx, 7331 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type, 7332 VariadicCallType CallType, 7333 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range); 7334 7335 void CheckNonNullArguments(const NonNullAttr *NonNull, 7336 const Expr * const *ExprArgs, 7337 SourceLocation CallSiteLoc); 7338 7339 void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7340 unsigned BId, 7341 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7342 7343 void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7344 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7345 7346 void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7347 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7348 7349 void CheckReturnStackAddr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType, 7350 SourceLocation ReturnLoc); 7351 void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS); 7352 void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation()); 7353 void CheckForIntOverflow(Expr *E); 7354 void CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E); 7355 7356 /// \brief Perform semantic checks on a completed expression. This will either 7357 /// be a full-expression or a default argument expression. 7358 void CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc = SourceLocation(), 7359 bool IsConstexpr = false); 7360 7361 void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field, 7362 Expr *Init); 7363 7364public: 7365 /// \brief Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag. 7366 void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind, 7367 uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type, 7368 bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull); 7369 7370 struct TypeTagData { 7371 TypeTagData() {} 7372 7373 TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) : 7374 Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible), 7375 MustBeNull(MustBeNull) 7376 {} 7377 7378 QualType Type; 7379 7380 /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for 7381 /// layout-compatibility. 7382 unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1; 7383 unsigned MustBeNull : 1; 7384 }; 7385 7386 /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value. This uniquely 7387 /// identifies the magic value. 7388 typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue; 7389 7390private: 7391 /// \brief A map from magic value to type information. 7392 OwningPtr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData> > 7393 TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues; 7394 7395 /// \brief Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag 7396 /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes. 7397 void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr, 7398 const Expr * const *ExprArgs); 7399 7400 /// \brief The parser's current scope. 7401 /// 7402 /// The parser maintains this state here. 7403 Scope *CurScope; 7404 7405protected: 7406 friend class Parser; 7407 friend class InitializationSequence; 7408 friend class ASTReader; 7409 friend class ASTWriter; 7410 7411public: 7412 /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope. 7413 /// 7414 /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis 7415 /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case 7416 /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation. 7417 /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser 7418 /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from 7419 /// template substitution or instantiation. 7420 Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; } 7421 7422 Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const; 7423 7424 DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const { 7425 return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext; 7426 } 7427 7428 AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const; 7429 7430 const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const { 7431 const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext(); 7432 // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface. 7433 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)) 7434 DC = CatD->getClassInterface(); 7435 return DC; 7436 } 7437}; 7438 7439/// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context. 7440class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext { 7441 Sema &Actions; 7442 7443public: 7444 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7445 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7446 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 7447 bool IsDecltype = false) 7448 : Actions(Actions) { 7449 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl, 7450 IsDecltype); 7451 } 7452 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7453 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7454 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, 7455 bool IsDecltype = false) 7456 : Actions(Actions) { 7457 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, 7458 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl, 7459 IsDecltype); 7460 } 7461 7462 ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() { 7463 Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 7464 } 7465}; 7466 7467} // end namespace clang 7468 7469#endif 7470